PostgreSQL Source Code git master
Loading...
Searching...
No Matches
planner.c
Go to the documentation of this file.
1/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 *
3 * planner.c
4 * The query optimizer external interface.
5 *
6 * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
7 * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
8 *
9 *
10 * IDENTIFICATION
11 * src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
12 *
13 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 */
15
16#include "postgres.h"
17
18#include <limits.h>
19#include <math.h>
20
21#include "access/genam.h"
22#include "access/parallel.h"
23#include "access/sysattr.h"
24#include "access/table.h"
26#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
27#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
28#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
29#include "executor/executor.h"
30#include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
31#include "jit/jit.h"
32#include "lib/bipartite_match.h"
33#include "lib/knapsack.h"
34#include "miscadmin.h"
35#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
36#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
37#ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
38#include "nodes/print.h"
39#endif
40#include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
42#include "optimizer/clauses.h"
43#include "optimizer/cost.h"
44#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
46#include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
47#include "optimizer/paths.h"
48#include "optimizer/plancat.h"
49#include "optimizer/planmain.h"
50#include "optimizer/planner.h"
51#include "optimizer/prep.h"
52#include "optimizer/subselect.h"
53#include "optimizer/tlist.h"
54#include "parser/analyze.h"
55#include "parser/parse_agg.h"
56#include "parser/parse_clause.h"
58#include "parser/parsetree.h"
61#include "utils/acl.h"
63#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
64#include "utils/rel.h"
65#include "utils/selfuncs.h"
66
67/* GUC parameters */
72
73/* Hook for plugins to get control in planner() */
75
76/* Hook for plugins to get control after PlannerGlobal is initialized */
78
79/* Hook for plugins to get control before PlannerGlobal is discarded */
81
82/* Hook for plugins to get control when grouping_planner() plans upper rels */
84
85
86/* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
87#define EXPRKIND_QUAL 0
88#define EXPRKIND_TARGET 1
89#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC 2
90#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL 3
91#define EXPRKIND_VALUES 4
92#define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL 5
93#define EXPRKIND_LIMIT 6
94#define EXPRKIND_APPINFO 7
95#define EXPRKIND_PHV 8
96#define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE 9
97#define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM 10
98#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC 11
99#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL 12
100#define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR 13
101
102/*
103 * Data specific to grouping sets
104 */
116
117/*
118 * Temporary structure for use during WindowClause reordering in order to be
119 * able to sort WindowClauses on partitioning/ordering prefix.
120 */
121typedef struct
122{
124 List *uniqueOrder; /* A List of unique ordering/partitioning
125 * clauses per Window */
127
128/* Passthrough data for standard_qp_callback */
129typedef struct
130{
131 List *activeWindows; /* active windows, if any */
132 grouping_sets_data *gset_data; /* grouping sets data, if any */
133 SetOperationStmt *setop; /* parent set operation or NULL if not a
134 * subquery belonging to a set operation */
136
137/*
138 * Context for the find_having_collation_conflicts walker.
139 *
140 * ancestor_collids is a stack of inputcollids contributed by collation-aware
141 * ancestors of the current node. Entries are pushed before recursing into a
142 * node's children and popped afterwards, so the stack reflects exactly the
143 * inputcollids on the current root-to-node path.
144 */
150
151/* Local functions */
152static Node *preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind);
153static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode);
155 Index group_rtindex);
156static bool having_collation_conflict_walker(Node *node,
158static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
161static List *remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets,
162 int *tleref_to_colnum_map);
164static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root,
165 double tuple_fraction,
166 int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est);
168static List *extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets);
169static List *reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause);
170static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra);
172 double path_rows,
177 PathTarget *target,
178 bool target_parallel_safe,
183 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel);
185 PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
186 Node *havingQual);
189 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
192 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
195 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
196 Path *path,
197 bool is_sorted,
198 bool can_hash,
201 double dNumGroups);
208 List *activeWindows);
211 Path *path,
215 List *activeWindows);
218 PathTarget *target);
222 PathTarget *target);
231 PathTarget *target,
232 bool target_parallel_safe,
233 double limit_tuples);
238 Node *havingQual);
243static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows);
246 List *activeWindows);
248 List *tlist);
251 bool *have_postponed_srfs);
253 List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs);
255 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
259 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
261 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
264 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
265 bool force_rel_creation);
267 RelOptInfo *rel,
268 Path *path,
270 List *pathkeys,
271 double limit_tuples);
273static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root);
275 RelOptInfo *rel,
279 bool tlist_same_exprs);
282 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
287 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
289 List *targetList,
290 List *groupClause);
291static int common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
293 List *targetlist);
295 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
296 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
298 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
299 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
300
301
302/*****************************************************************************
303 *
304 * Query optimizer entry point
305 *
306 * Inputs:
307 * parse: an analyzed-and-rewritten query tree for an optimizable statement
308 * query_string: source text for the query tree (used for error reports)
309 * cursorOptions: bitmask of CURSOR_OPT_XXX flags, see parsenodes.h
310 * boundParams: passed-in parameter values, or NULL if none
311 * es: ExplainState if being called from EXPLAIN, else NULL
312 *
313 * The result is a PlannedStmt tree.
314 *
315 * PARAM_EXTERN Param nodes within the parse tree can be replaced by Consts
316 * using values from boundParams, if those values are marked PARAM_FLAG_CONST.
317 * Parameter values not so marked are still relied on for estimation purposes.
318 *
319 * The ExplainState pointer is not currently used by the core planner, but it
320 * is passed through to some planner hooks so that they can report information
321 * back to EXPLAIN extension hooks.
322 *
323 * To support loadable plugins that monitor or modify planner behavior,
324 * we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin get control before and
325 * after the standard planning process. The plugin would normally call
326 * standard_planner().
327 *
328 * Note to plugin authors: standard_planner() scribbles on its Query input,
329 * so you'd better copy that data structure if you want to plan more than once.
330 *
331 *****************************************************************************/
333planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
334 ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
335{
337
338 if (planner_hook)
339 result = (*planner_hook) (parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
340 boundParams, es);
341 else
342 result = standard_planner(parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
343 boundParams, es);
344
345 pgstat_report_plan_id(result->planId, false);
346
347 return result;
348}
349
351standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
352 ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
353{
355 PlannerGlobal *glob;
356 double tuple_fraction;
360 Plan *top_plan;
361 ListCell *lp,
362 *lr,
363 *lc;
364
365 /*
366 * Set up global state for this planner invocation. This data is needed
367 * across all levels of sub-Query that might exist in the given command,
368 * so we keep it in a separate struct that's linked to by each per-Query
369 * PlannerInfo.
370 */
371 glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
372
373 glob->boundParams = boundParams;
374 glob->subplans = NIL;
375 glob->subpaths = NIL;
376 glob->subroots = NIL;
377 glob->rewindPlanIDs = NULL;
378 glob->finalrtable = NIL;
379 glob->allRelids = NULL;
380 glob->prunableRelids = NULL;
381 glob->finalrteperminfos = NIL;
382 glob->finalrowmarks = NIL;
383 glob->resultRelations = NIL;
384 glob->appendRelations = NIL;
385 glob->partPruneInfos = NIL;
386 glob->relationOids = NIL;
387 glob->invalItems = NIL;
388 glob->paramExecTypes = NIL;
389 glob->lastPHId = 0;
390 glob->lastRowMarkId = 0;
391 glob->lastPlanNodeId = 0;
392 glob->transientPlan = false;
393 glob->dependsOnRole = false;
394 glob->partition_directory = NULL;
395 glob->rel_notnullatts_hash = NULL;
396
397 /*
398 * Assess whether it's feasible to use parallel mode for this query. We
399 * can't do this in a standalone backend, or if the command will try to
400 * modify any data, or if this is a cursor operation, or if GUCs are set
401 * to values that don't permit parallelism, or if parallel-unsafe
402 * functions are present in the query tree.
403 *
404 * (Note that we do allow CREATE TABLE AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE
405 * MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallel plans, but this is safe only because
406 * the command is writing into a completely new table which workers won't
407 * be able to see. If the workers could see the table, the fact that
408 * group locking would cause them to ignore the leader's heavyweight GIN
409 * page locks would make this unsafe. We'll have to fix that somehow if
410 * we want to allow parallel inserts in general; updates and deletes have
411 * additional problems especially around combo CIDs.)
412 *
413 * For now, we don't try to use parallel mode if we're running inside a
414 * parallel worker. We might eventually be able to relax this
415 * restriction, but for now it seems best not to have parallel workers
416 * trying to create their own parallel workers.
417 */
418 if ((cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK) != 0 &&
420 parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
421 !parse->hasModifyingCTE &&
424 {
425 /* all the cheap tests pass, so scan the query tree */
428 }
429 else
430 {
431 /* skip the query tree scan, just assume it's unsafe */
433 glob->parallelModeOK = false;
434 }
435
436 /*
437 * glob->parallelModeNeeded is normally set to false here and changed to
438 * true during plan creation if a Gather or Gather Merge plan is actually
439 * created (cf. create_gather_plan, create_gather_merge_plan).
440 *
441 * However, if debug_parallel_query = on or debug_parallel_query =
442 * regress, then we impose parallel mode whenever it's safe to do so, even
443 * if the final plan doesn't use parallelism. It's not safe to do so if
444 * the query contains anything parallel-unsafe; parallelModeOK will be
445 * false in that case. Note that parallelModeOK can't change after this
446 * point. Otherwise, everything in the query is either parallel-safe or
447 * parallel-restricted, and in either case it should be OK to impose
448 * parallel-mode restrictions. If that ends up breaking something, then
449 * either some function the user included in the query is incorrectly
450 * labeled as parallel-safe or parallel-restricted when in reality it's
451 * parallel-unsafe, or else the query planner itself has a bug.
452 */
453 glob->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeOK &&
455
456 /* Determine what fraction of the plan is likely to be scanned */
457 if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN)
458 {
459 /*
460 * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately FETCH
461 * from a cursor, but it is often the case that he doesn't want 'em
462 * all, or would prefer a fast-start plan anyway so that he can
463 * process some of the tuples sooner. Use a GUC parameter to decide
464 * what fraction to optimize for.
465 */
466 tuple_fraction = cursor_tuple_fraction;
467
468 /*
469 * We document cursor_tuple_fraction as simply being a fraction, which
470 * means the edge cases 0 and 1 have to be treated specially here. We
471 * convert 1 to 0 ("all the tuples") and 0 to a very small fraction.
472 */
473 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
474 tuple_fraction = 0.0;
475 else if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
476 tuple_fraction = 1e-10;
477 }
478 else
479 {
480 /* Default assumption is we need all the tuples */
481 tuple_fraction = 0.0;
482 }
483
484 /*
485 * Compute the initial path generation strategy mask.
486 *
487 * Some strategies, such as PGS_FOREIGNJOIN, have no corresponding enable_*
488 * GUC, and so the corresponding bits are always set in the default
489 * strategy mask.
490 *
491 * It may seem surprising that enable_indexscan sets both PGS_INDEXSCAN
492 * and PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN. However, the historical behavior of this GUC
493 * corresponds to this exactly: enable_indexscan=off disables both
494 * index-scan and index-only scan paths, whereas enable_indexonlyscan=off
495 * converts the index-only scan paths that we would have considered into
496 * index scan paths.
497 */
500 if (enable_tidscan)
502 if (enable_seqscan)
511 {
513 if (enable_material)
515 }
516 if (enable_nestloop)
517 {
519 if (enable_material)
521 if (enable_memoize)
523 }
524 if (enable_hashjoin)
530
531 /* Allow plugins to take control after we've initialized "glob" */
533 (*planner_setup_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
534 &tuple_fraction, es);
535
536 /* primary planning entry point (may recurse for subqueries) */
537 root = subquery_planner(glob, parse, NULL, NULL, NULL, false,
538 tuple_fraction, NULL);
539
540 /* Select best Path and turn it into a Plan */
543
545
546 /*
547 * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
548 * backwards on demand. Add a Material node at the top at need.
549 */
550 if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL)
551 {
554 }
555
556 /*
557 * Optionally add a Gather node for testing purposes, provided this is
558 * actually a safe thing to do.
559 *
560 * We can add Gather even when top_plan has parallel-safe initPlans, but
561 * then we have to move the initPlans to the Gather node because of
562 * SS_finalize_plan's limitations. That would cause cosmetic breakage of
563 * regression tests when debug_parallel_query = regress, because initPlans
564 * that would normally appear on the top_plan move to the Gather, causing
565 * them to disappear from EXPLAIN output. That doesn't seem worth kluging
566 * EXPLAIN to hide, so skip it when debug_parallel_query = regress.
567 */
569 top_plan->parallel_safe &&
570 (top_plan->initPlan == NIL ||
572 {
575 bool unsafe_initplans;
576
577 gather->plan.targetlist = top_plan->targetlist;
578 gather->plan.qual = NIL;
579 gather->plan.lefttree = top_plan;
580 gather->plan.righttree = NULL;
581 gather->num_workers = 1;
582 gather->single_copy = true;
584
585 /* Transfer any initPlans to the new top node */
586 gather->plan.initPlan = top_plan->initPlan;
587 top_plan->initPlan = NIL;
588
589 /*
590 * Since this Gather has no parallel-aware descendants to signal to,
591 * we don't need a rescan Param.
592 */
593 gather->rescan_param = -1;
594
595 /*
596 * Ideally we'd use cost_gather here, but setting up dummy path data
597 * to satisfy it doesn't seem much cleaner than knowing what it does.
598 */
599 gather->plan.startup_cost = top_plan->startup_cost +
601 gather->plan.total_cost = top_plan->total_cost +
603 gather->plan.plan_rows = top_plan->plan_rows;
604 gather->plan.plan_width = top_plan->plan_width;
605 gather->plan.parallel_aware = false;
606 gather->plan.parallel_safe = false;
607
608 /*
609 * Delete the initplans' cost from top_plan. We needn't add it to the
610 * Gather node, since the above coding already included it there.
611 */
612 SS_compute_initplan_cost(gather->plan.initPlan,
614 top_plan->startup_cost -= initplan_cost;
615 top_plan->total_cost -= initplan_cost;
616
617 /* use parallel mode for parallel plans. */
618 root->glob->parallelModeNeeded = true;
619
620 top_plan = &gather->plan;
621 }
622
623 /*
624 * If any Params were generated, run through the plan tree and compute
625 * each plan node's extParam/allParam sets. Ideally we'd merge this into
626 * set_plan_references' tree traversal, but for now it has to be separate
627 * because we need to visit subplans before not after main plan.
628 */
629 if (glob->paramExecTypes != NIL)
630 {
631 Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
632 forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
633 {
634 Plan *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
636
637 SS_finalize_plan(subroot, subplan);
638 }
640 }
641
642 /* final cleanup of the plan */
643 Assert(glob->finalrtable == NIL);
644 Assert(glob->finalrteperminfos == NIL);
645 Assert(glob->finalrowmarks == NIL);
646 Assert(glob->resultRelations == NIL);
647 Assert(glob->appendRelations == NIL);
649 /* ... and the subplans (both regular subplans and initplans) */
650 Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
651 forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
652 {
653 Plan *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
655
656 lfirst(lp) = set_plan_references(subroot, subplan);
657 }
658
659 /* build the PlannedStmt result */
661
662 result->commandType = parse->commandType;
663 result->queryId = parse->queryId;
664 result->planOrigin = PLAN_STMT_STANDARD;
665 result->hasReturning = (parse->returningList != NIL);
666 result->hasModifyingCTE = parse->hasModifyingCTE;
667 result->canSetTag = parse->canSetTag;
668 result->transientPlan = glob->transientPlan;
669 result->dependsOnRole = glob->dependsOnRole;
670 result->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeNeeded;
671 result->planTree = top_plan;
672 result->partPruneInfos = glob->partPruneInfos;
673 result->rtable = glob->finalrtable;
674 result->unprunableRelids = bms_difference(glob->allRelids,
675 glob->prunableRelids);
676 result->permInfos = glob->finalrteperminfos;
677 result->subrtinfos = glob->subrtinfos;
678 result->appendRelations = glob->appendRelations;
679 result->subplans = glob->subplans;
680 result->rewindPlanIDs = glob->rewindPlanIDs;
681 result->rowMarks = glob->finalrowmarks;
682
683 /*
684 * Compute resultRelationRelids and rowMarkRelids from resultRelations and
685 * rowMarks. These can be used for cheap membership checks.
686 */
687 foreach(lc, glob->resultRelations)
688 result->resultRelationRelids = bms_add_member(result->resultRelationRelids,
689 lfirst_int(lc));
690 foreach(lc, glob->finalrowmarks)
691 result->rowMarkRelids = bms_add_member(result->rowMarkRelids,
692 ((PlanRowMark *) lfirst(lc))->rti);
693
694 result->relationOids = glob->relationOids;
695 result->invalItems = glob->invalItems;
696 result->paramExecTypes = glob->paramExecTypes;
697 /* utilityStmt should be null, but we might as well copy it */
698 result->utilityStmt = parse->utilityStmt;
699 result->elidedNodes = glob->elidedNodes;
700 result->stmt_location = parse->stmt_location;
701 result->stmt_len = parse->stmt_len;
702
703 result->jitFlags = PGJIT_NONE;
704 if (jit_enabled && jit_above_cost >= 0 &&
705 top_plan->total_cost > jit_above_cost)
706 {
707 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_PERFORM;
708
709 /*
710 * Decide how much effort should be put into generating better code.
711 */
712 if (jit_optimize_above_cost >= 0 &&
713 top_plan->total_cost > jit_optimize_above_cost)
714 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_OPT3;
715 if (jit_inline_above_cost >= 0 &&
716 top_plan->total_cost > jit_inline_above_cost)
717 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_INLINE;
718
719 /*
720 * Decide which operations should be JITed.
721 */
722 if (jit_expressions)
723 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_EXPR;
725 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_DEFORM;
726 }
727
728 /* Allow plugins to take control before we discard "glob" */
730 (*planner_shutdown_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, result);
731
732 if (glob->partition_directory != NULL)
733 DestroyPartitionDirectory(glob->partition_directory);
734
735 return result;
736}
737
738
739/*--------------------
740 * subquery_planner
741 * Invokes the planner on a subquery. We recurse to here for each
742 * sub-SELECT found in the query tree.
743 *
744 * glob is the global state for the current planner run.
745 * parse is the querytree produced by the parser & rewriter.
746 * plan_name is the name to assign to this subplan (NULL at the top level).
747 * parent_root is the immediate parent Query's info (NULL at the top level).
748 * alternative_root is a previously created PlannerInfo for which this query
749 * level is an alternative implementation, or else NULL.
750 * hasRecursion is true if this is a recursive WITH query.
751 * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
752 * tuple_fraction is interpreted as explained for grouping_planner, below.
753 * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
754 * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
755 * set operation can be generated. NULL when not planning a set operation
756 * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
757 *
758 * Basically, this routine does the stuff that should only be done once
759 * per Query object. It then calls grouping_planner. At one time,
760 * grouping_planner could be invoked recursively on the same Query object;
761 * that's not currently true, but we keep the separation between the two
762 * routines anyway, in case we need it again someday.
763 *
764 * subquery_planner will be called recursively to handle sub-Query nodes
765 * found within the query's expressions and rangetable.
766 *
767 * Returns the PlannerInfo struct ("root") that contains all data generated
768 * while planning the subquery. In particular, the Path(s) attached to
769 * the (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel represent our conclusions about the
770 * cheapest way(s) to implement the query. The top level will select the
771 * best Path and pass it through createplan.c to produce a finished Plan.
772 *--------------------
773 */
775subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name,
777 bool hasRecursion, double tuple_fraction,
779{
784 int havingIdx;
785 bool hasOuterJoins;
786 bool hasResultRTEs;
788 ListCell *l;
789
790 /* Create a PlannerInfo data structure for this subquery */
792 root->parse = parse;
793 root->glob = glob;
794 root->query_level = parent_root ? parent_root->query_level + 1 : 1;
795 root->plan_name = plan_name;
796 if (alternative_root != NULL)
797 root->alternative_plan_name = alternative_root->plan_name;
798 else
799 root->alternative_plan_name = plan_name;
800 root->parent_root = parent_root;
801 root->plan_params = NIL;
802 root->outer_params = NULL;
803 root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
804 root->init_plans = NIL;
805 root->cte_plan_ids = NIL;
806 root->multiexpr_params = NIL;
807 root->join_domains = NIL;
808 root->eq_classes = NIL;
809 root->ec_merging_done = false;
810 root->last_rinfo_serial = 0;
811 root->all_result_relids =
812 parse->resultRelation ? bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation) : NULL;
813 root->leaf_result_relids = NULL; /* we'll find out leaf-ness later */
814 root->append_rel_list = NIL;
815 root->row_identity_vars = NIL;
816 root->rowMarks = NIL;
817 memset(root->upper_rels, 0, sizeof(root->upper_rels));
818 memset(root->upper_targets, 0, sizeof(root->upper_targets));
819 root->processed_groupClause = NIL;
820 root->processed_distinctClause = NIL;
821 root->processed_tlist = NIL;
822 root->update_colnos = NIL;
823 root->grouping_map = NULL;
824 root->minmax_aggs = NIL;
825 root->qual_security_level = 0;
826 root->hasPseudoConstantQuals = false;
827 root->hasAlternativeSubPlans = false;
828 root->placeholdersFrozen = false;
829 root->hasRecursion = hasRecursion;
830 root->assumeReplanning = false;
831 if (hasRecursion)
832 root->wt_param_id = assign_special_exec_param(root);
833 else
834 root->wt_param_id = -1;
835 root->non_recursive_path = NULL;
836
837 /*
838 * Create the top-level join domain. This won't have valid contents until
839 * deconstruct_jointree fills it in, but the node needs to exist before
840 * that so we can build EquivalenceClasses referencing it.
841 */
842 root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
843
844 /*
845 * If there is a WITH list, process each WITH query and either convert it
846 * to RTE_SUBQUERY RTE(s) or build an initplan SubPlan structure for it.
847 */
848 if (parse->cteList)
850
851 /*
852 * If it's a MERGE command, transform the joinlist as appropriate.
853 */
855
856 /*
857 * Scan the rangetable for relation RTEs and retrieve the necessary
858 * catalog information for each relation. Using this information, clear
859 * the inh flag for any relation that has no children, collect not-null
860 * attribute numbers for any relation that has column not-null
861 * constraints, and expand virtual generated columns for any relation that
862 * contains them. Note that this step does not descend into sublinks and
863 * subqueries; if we pull up any sublinks or subqueries below, their
864 * relation RTEs are processed just before pulling them up.
865 */
867
868 /*
869 * If the FROM clause is empty, replace it with a dummy RTE_RESULT RTE, so
870 * that we don't need so many special cases to deal with that situation.
871 */
873
874 /*
875 * Look for ANY and EXISTS SubLinks in WHERE and JOIN/ON clauses, and try
876 * to transform them into joins. Note that this step does not descend
877 * into subqueries; if we pull up any subqueries below, their SubLinks are
878 * processed just before pulling them up.
879 */
880 if (parse->hasSubLinks)
882
883 /*
884 * Scan the rangetable for function RTEs, do const-simplification on them,
885 * and then inline them if possible (producing subqueries that might get
886 * pulled up next). Recursion issues here are handled in the same way as
887 * for SubLinks.
888 */
890
891 /*
892 * Check to see if any subqueries in the jointree can be merged into this
893 * query.
894 */
896
897 /*
898 * If this is a simple UNION ALL query, flatten it into an appendrel. We
899 * do this now because it requires applying pull_up_subqueries to the leaf
900 * queries of the UNION ALL, which weren't touched above because they
901 * weren't referenced by the jointree (they will be after we do this).
902 */
903 if (parse->setOperations)
905
906 /*
907 * Survey the rangetable to see what kinds of entries are present. We can
908 * skip some later processing if relevant SQL features are not used; for
909 * example if there are no JOIN RTEs we can avoid the expense of doing
910 * flatten_join_alias_vars(). This must be done after we have finished
911 * adding rangetable entries, of course. (Note: actually, processing of
912 * inherited or partitioned rels can cause RTEs for their child tables to
913 * get added later; but those must all be RTE_RELATION entries, so they
914 * don't invalidate the conclusions drawn here.)
915 */
916 root->hasJoinRTEs = false;
917 root->hasLateralRTEs = false;
918 root->group_rtindex = 0;
919 hasOuterJoins = false;
920 hasResultRTEs = false;
921 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
922 {
924
925 switch (rte->rtekind)
926 {
927 case RTE_JOIN:
928 root->hasJoinRTEs = true;
929 if (IS_OUTER_JOIN(rte->jointype))
930 hasOuterJoins = true;
931 break;
932 case RTE_RESULT:
933 hasResultRTEs = true;
934 break;
935 case RTE_GROUP:
936 Assert(parse->hasGroupRTE);
937 root->group_rtindex = list_cell_number(parse->rtable, l) + 1;
938 break;
939 default:
940 /* No work here for other RTE types */
941 break;
942 }
943
944 if (rte->lateral)
945 root->hasLateralRTEs = true;
946
947 /*
948 * We can also determine the maximum security level required for any
949 * securityQuals now. Addition of inheritance-child RTEs won't affect
950 * this, because child tables don't have their own securityQuals; see
951 * expand_single_inheritance_child().
952 */
953 if (rte->securityQuals)
954 root->qual_security_level = Max(root->qual_security_level,
955 list_length(rte->securityQuals));
956 }
957
958 /*
959 * If we have now verified that the query target relation is
960 * non-inheriting, mark it as a leaf target.
961 */
962 if (parse->resultRelation)
963 {
964 RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(parse->resultRelation, parse->rtable);
965
966 if (!rte->inh)
967 root->leaf_result_relids =
968 bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation);
969 }
970
971 /*
972 * This would be a convenient time to check access permissions for all
973 * relations mentioned in the query, since it would be better to fail now,
974 * before doing any detailed planning. However, for historical reasons,
975 * we leave this to be done at executor startup.
976 *
977 * Note, however, that we do need to check access permissions for any view
978 * relations mentioned in the query, in order to prevent information being
979 * leaked by selectivity estimation functions, which only check view owner
980 * permissions on underlying tables (see all_rows_selectable() and its
981 * callers). This is a little ugly, because it means that access
982 * permissions for views will be checked twice, which is another reason
983 * why it would be better to do all the ACL checks here.
984 */
985 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
986 {
988
989 if (rte->perminfoindex != 0 &&
990 rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
991 {
993 bool result;
994
995 perminfo = getRTEPermissionInfo(parse->rteperminfos, rte);
997 if (!result)
999 get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
1000 }
1001 }
1002
1003 /*
1004 * Preprocess RowMark information. We need to do this after subquery
1005 * pullup, so that all base relations are present.
1006 */
1008
1009 /*
1010 * Set hasHavingQual to remember if HAVING clause is present. Needed
1011 * because preprocess_expression will reduce a constant-true condition to
1012 * an empty qual list ... but "HAVING TRUE" is not a semantic no-op.
1013 */
1014 root->hasHavingQual = (parse->havingQual != NULL);
1015
1016 /*
1017 * Do expression preprocessing on targetlist and quals, as well as other
1018 * random expressions in the querytree. Note that we do not need to
1019 * handle sort/group expressions explicitly, because they are actually
1020 * part of the targetlist.
1021 */
1022 parse->targetList = (List *)
1023 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->targetList,
1025
1027 foreach(l, parse->withCheckOptions)
1028 {
1030
1031 wco->qual = preprocess_expression(root, wco->qual,
1033 if (wco->qual != NULL)
1035 }
1036 parse->withCheckOptions = newWithCheckOptions;
1037
1038 parse->returningList = (List *)
1039 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->returningList,
1041
1042 preprocess_qual_conditions(root, (Node *) parse->jointree);
1043
1044 parse->havingQual = preprocess_expression(root, parse->havingQual,
1046
1047 foreach(l, parse->windowClause)
1048 {
1050
1051 /* partitionClause/orderClause are sort/group expressions */
1056 }
1057
1058 parse->limitOffset = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitOffset,
1060 parse->limitCount = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitCount,
1062
1063 if (parse->onConflict)
1064 {
1065 parse->onConflict->arbiterElems = (List *)
1067 (Node *) parse->onConflict->arbiterElems,
1069 parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere =
1071 parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere,
1073 parse->onConflict->onConflictSet = (List *)
1075 (Node *) parse->onConflict->onConflictSet,
1077 parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere =
1079 parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere,
1081 /* exclRelTlist contains only Vars, so no preprocessing needed */
1082 }
1083
1084 foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
1085 {
1086 MergeAction *action = (MergeAction *) lfirst(l);
1087
1088 action->targetList = (List *)
1090 (Node *) action->targetList,
1092 action->qual =
1094 (Node *) action->qual,
1096 }
1097
1098 parse->mergeJoinCondition =
1099 preprocess_expression(root, parse->mergeJoinCondition, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1100
1101 root->append_rel_list = (List *)
1102 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) root->append_rel_list,
1104
1105 /* Also need to preprocess expressions within RTEs */
1106 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
1107 {
1109 int kind;
1110 ListCell *lcsq;
1111
1112 if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
1113 {
1114 if (rte->tablesample)
1115 rte->tablesample = (TableSampleClause *)
1117 (Node *) rte->tablesample,
1119 }
1120 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
1121 {
1122 /*
1123 * We don't want to do all preprocessing yet on the subquery's
1124 * expressions, since that will happen when we plan it. But if it
1125 * contains any join aliases of our level, those have to get
1126 * expanded now, because planning of the subquery won't do it.
1127 * That's only possible if the subquery is LATERAL.
1128 */
1129 if (rte->lateral && root->hasJoinRTEs)
1130 rte->subquery = (Query *)
1132 (Node *) rte->subquery);
1133 }
1134 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_FUNCTION)
1135 {
1136 /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
1137 kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_RTFUNC;
1138 rte->functions = (List *)
1139 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->functions, kind);
1140 }
1141 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_TABLEFUNC)
1142 {
1143 /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
1145 rte->tablefunc = (TableFunc *)
1146 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->tablefunc, kind);
1147 }
1148 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
1149 {
1150 /* Preprocess the values lists fully */
1151 kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_VALUES;
1152 rte->values_lists = (List *)
1153 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists, kind);
1154 }
1155 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_GROUP)
1156 {
1157 /* Preprocess the groupexprs list fully */
1158 rte->groupexprs = (List *)
1159 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->groupexprs,
1161 }
1162
1163 /*
1164 * Process each element of the securityQuals list as if it were a
1165 * separate qual expression (as indeed it is). We need to do it this
1166 * way to get proper canonicalization of AND/OR structure. Note that
1167 * this converts each element into an implicit-AND sublist.
1168 */
1169 foreach(lcsq, rte->securityQuals)
1170 {
1172 (Node *) lfirst(lcsq),
1174 }
1175 }
1176
1177 /*
1178 * Now that we are done preprocessing expressions, and in particular done
1179 * flattening join alias variables, get rid of the joinaliasvars lists.
1180 * They no longer match what expressions in the rest of the tree look
1181 * like, because we have not preprocessed expressions in those lists (and
1182 * do not want to; for example, expanding a SubLink there would result in
1183 * a useless unreferenced subplan). Leaving them in place simply creates
1184 * a hazard for later scans of the tree. We could try to prevent that by
1185 * using QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES in every tree scan done after this point,
1186 * but that doesn't sound very reliable.
1187 */
1188 if (root->hasJoinRTEs)
1189 {
1190 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
1191 {
1193
1194 rte->joinaliasvars = NIL;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 /*
1199 * Before we flatten GROUP Vars, check which HAVING clauses have collation
1200 * conflicts. When GROUP BY uses a nondeterministic collation, values
1201 * that are "equal" for grouping may be distinguishable under a different
1202 * collation. If such a HAVING clause were moved to WHERE, it would
1203 * filter individual rows before grouping, potentially eliminating some
1204 * members of a group and thereby changing aggregate results.
1205 *
1206 * We do this check before flatten_group_exprs because we can easily
1207 * identify grouping expressions by checking whether a Var references
1208 * RTE_GROUP, and such Vars directly carry the GROUP BY collation as their
1209 * varcollid. After flattening, these Vars are replaced by the underlying
1210 * expressions, and we would have to match expressions in the HAVING
1211 * clause back to grouping expressions, which is much more complex.
1212 */
1213 if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
1216 else
1218
1219 /*
1220 * Replace any Vars in the subquery's targetlist and havingQual that
1221 * reference GROUP outputs with the underlying grouping expressions.
1222 *
1223 * Note that we need to perform this replacement after we've preprocessed
1224 * the grouping expressions. This is to ensure that there is only one
1225 * instance of SubPlan for each SubLink contained within the grouping
1226 * expressions.
1227 */
1228 if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
1229 {
1230 parse->targetList = (List *)
1231 flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, (Node *) parse->targetList);
1232 parse->havingQual =
1233 flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, parse->havingQual);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Constant-folding might have removed all set-returning functions */
1237 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
1238 parse->hasTargetSRFs = expression_returns_set((Node *) parse->targetList);
1239
1240 /*
1241 * If we have grouping sets, expand the groupingSets tree of this query to
1242 * a flat list of grouping sets. We need to do this before optimizing
1243 * HAVING, since we can't easily tell if there's an empty grouping set
1244 * until we have this representation.
1245 */
1246 if (parse->groupingSets)
1247 {
1248 parse->groupingSets =
1249 expand_grouping_sets(parse->groupingSets, parse->groupDistinct, -1);
1250 }
1251
1252 /*
1253 * In some cases we may want to transfer a HAVING clause into WHERE. We
1254 * cannot do so if the HAVING clause contains aggregates (obviously) or
1255 * volatile functions (since a HAVING clause is supposed to be executed
1256 * only once per group). We also can't do this if there are any grouping
1257 * sets and the clause references any columns that are nullable by the
1258 * grouping sets; the nulled values of those columns are not available
1259 * before the grouping step. (The test on groupClause might seem wrong,
1260 * but it's okay: it's just an optimization to avoid running pull_varnos
1261 * when there cannot be any Vars in the HAVING clause.)
1262 *
1263 * We also cannot do this if the HAVING clause uses a different collation
1264 * than the GROUP BY for any grouping expression whose GROUP BY collation
1265 * is nondeterministic. This is detected before flatten_group_exprs (see
1266 * find_having_collation_conflicts above) and recorded in the
1267 * havingCollationConflicts bitmapset. The bitmapset indexes remain valid
1268 * here because flatten_group_exprs uses expression_tree_mutator, which
1269 * preserves the list length and ordering of havingQual.
1270 *
1271 * Also, it may be that the clause is so expensive to execute that we're
1272 * better off doing it only once per group, despite the loss of
1273 * selectivity. This is hard to estimate short of doing the entire
1274 * planning process twice, so we use a heuristic: clauses containing
1275 * subplans are left in HAVING. Otherwise, we move or copy the HAVING
1276 * clause into WHERE, in hopes of eliminating tuples before aggregation
1277 * instead of after.
1278 *
1279 * If the query has no empty grouping set then we can simply move such a
1280 * clause into WHERE; any group that fails the clause will not be in the
1281 * output because none of its tuples will reach the grouping or
1282 * aggregation stage. Otherwise we have to keep the clause in HAVING to
1283 * ensure that we don't emit a bogus aggregated row. But then the HAVING
1284 * clause must be degenerate (variable-free), so we can copy it into WHERE
1285 * so that query_planner() can use it in a gating Result node. (This could
1286 * be done better, but it seems not worth optimizing.)
1287 *
1288 * Note that a HAVING clause may contain expressions that are not fully
1289 * preprocessed. This can happen if these expressions are part of
1290 * grouping items. In such cases, they are replaced with GROUP Vars in
1291 * the parser and then replaced back after we're done with expression
1292 * preprocessing on havingQual. This is not an issue if the clause
1293 * remains in HAVING, because these expressions will be matched to lower
1294 * target items in setrefs.c. However, if the clause is moved or copied
1295 * into WHERE, we need to ensure that these expressions are fully
1296 * preprocessed.
1297 *
1298 * Note that both havingQual and parse->jointree->quals are in
1299 * implicitly-ANDed-list form at this point, even though they are declared
1300 * as Node *.
1301 */
1302 newHaving = NIL;
1303 havingIdx = 0;
1304 foreach(l, (List *) parse->havingQual)
1305 {
1306 Node *havingclause = (Node *) lfirst(l);
1307
1312 (parse->groupClause && parse->groupingSets &&
1313 bms_is_member(root->group_rtindex, pull_varnos(root, havingclause))))
1314 {
1315 /* keep it in HAVING */
1317 }
1318 else if (parse->groupClause &&
1319 (parse->groupingSets == NIL ||
1320 (List *) linitial(parse->groupingSets) != NIL))
1321 {
1322 /* There is GROUP BY, but no empty grouping set */
1324
1325 /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
1328 /* ... and move it to WHERE */
1329 parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
1330 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
1331 (List *) whereclause);
1332 }
1333 else
1334 {
1335 /* There is an empty grouping set (perhaps implicitly) */
1337
1338 /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
1341 /* ... and put a copy in WHERE */
1342 parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
1343 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
1344 (List *) whereclause);
1345 /* ... and also keep it in HAVING */
1347 }
1348
1349 havingIdx++;
1350 }
1351 parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
1352
1353 /*
1354 * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
1355 * This step is most easily done after we've done expression
1356 * preprocessing.
1357 */
1358 if (hasOuterJoins)
1360
1361 /*
1362 * If we have any RTE_RESULT relations, see if they can be deleted from
1363 * the jointree. We also rely on this processing to flatten single-child
1364 * FromExprs underneath outer joins. This step is most effectively done
1365 * after we've done expression preprocessing and outer join reduction.
1366 */
1369
1370 /*
1371 * Do the main planning.
1372 */
1373 grouping_planner(root, tuple_fraction, setops);
1374
1375 /*
1376 * Capture the set of outer-level param IDs we have access to, for use in
1377 * extParam/allParam calculations later.
1378 */
1380
1381 /*
1382 * If any initPlans were created in this query level, adjust the surviving
1383 * Paths' costs and parallel-safety flags to account for them. The
1384 * initPlans won't actually get attached to the plan tree till
1385 * create_plan() runs, but we must include their effects now.
1386 */
1389
1390 /*
1391 * Make sure we've identified the cheapest Path for the final rel. (By
1392 * doing this here not in grouping_planner, we include initPlan costs in
1393 * the decision, though it's unlikely that will change anything.)
1394 */
1396
1397 return root;
1398}
1399
1400/*
1401 * preprocess_expression
1402 * Do subquery_planner's preprocessing work for an expression,
1403 * which can be a targetlist, a WHERE clause (including JOIN/ON
1404 * conditions), a HAVING clause, or a few other things.
1405 */
1406static Node *
1408{
1409 /*
1410 * Fall out quickly if expression is empty. This occurs often enough to
1411 * be worth checking. Note that null->null is the correct conversion for
1412 * implicit-AND result format, too.
1413 */
1414 if (expr == NULL)
1415 return NULL;
1416
1417 /*
1418 * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
1419 * base-relation variables. We must do this first, since any expressions
1420 * we may extract from the joinaliasvars lists have not been preprocessed.
1421 * For example, if we did this after sublink processing, sublinks expanded
1422 * out from join aliases would not get processed. But we can skip this in
1423 * non-lateral RTE functions, VALUES lists, and TABLESAMPLE clauses, since
1424 * they can't contain any Vars of the current query level.
1425 */
1426 if (root->hasJoinRTEs &&
1427 !(kind == EXPRKIND_RTFUNC ||
1428 kind == EXPRKIND_VALUES ||
1429 kind == EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE ||
1430 kind == EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC))
1431 expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse, expr);
1432
1433 /*
1434 * Simplify constant expressions. For function RTEs, this was already
1435 * done by preprocess_function_rtes. (But note we must do it again for
1436 * EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL, because those might by now contain
1437 * un-simplified subexpressions inserted by flattening of subqueries or
1438 * join alias variables.)
1439 *
1440 * Note: an essential effect of this is to convert named-argument function
1441 * calls to positional notation and insert the current actual values of
1442 * any default arguments for functions. To ensure that happens, we *must*
1443 * process all expressions here. Previous PG versions sometimes skipped
1444 * const-simplification if it didn't seem worth the trouble, but we can't
1445 * do that anymore.
1446 *
1447 * Note: this also flattens nested AND and OR expressions into N-argument
1448 * form. All processing of a qual expression after this point must be
1449 * careful to maintain AND/OR flatness --- that is, do not generate a tree
1450 * with AND directly under AND, nor OR directly under OR.
1451 */
1452 if (kind != EXPRKIND_RTFUNC)
1453 expr = eval_const_expressions(root, expr);
1454
1455 /*
1456 * If it's a qual or havingQual, canonicalize it.
1457 */
1458 if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
1459 {
1460 expr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) expr, false);
1461
1462#ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
1463 printf("After canonicalize_qual()\n");
1464 pprint(expr);
1465#endif
1466 }
1467
1468 /*
1469 * Check for ANY ScalarArrayOpExpr with Const arrays and set the
1470 * hashfuncid of any that might execute more quickly by using hash lookups
1471 * instead of a linear search.
1472 */
1473 if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL || kind == EXPRKIND_TARGET)
1474 {
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Expand SubLinks to SubPlans */
1479 if (root->parse->hasSubLinks)
1480 expr = SS_process_sublinks(root, expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
1481
1482 /*
1483 * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments in
1484 * SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
1485 */
1486
1487 /* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes (this IS possible in VALUES) */
1488 if (root->query_level > 1)
1489 expr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(root, expr);
1490
1491 /*
1492 * If it's a qual or havingQual, convert it to implicit-AND format. (We
1493 * don't want to do this before eval_const_expressions, since the latter
1494 * would be unable to simplify a top-level AND correctly. Also,
1495 * SS_process_sublinks expects explicit-AND format.)
1496 */
1497 if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
1498 expr = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) expr);
1499
1500 return expr;
1501}
1502
1503/*
1504 * preprocess_qual_conditions
1505 * Recursively scan the query's jointree and do subquery_planner's
1506 * preprocessing work on each qual condition found therein.
1507 */
1508static void
1510{
1511 if (jtnode == NULL)
1512 return;
1513 if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
1514 {
1515 /* nothing to do here */
1516 }
1517 else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
1518 {
1519 FromExpr *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
1520 ListCell *l;
1521
1522 foreach(l, f->fromlist)
1524
1526 }
1527 else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
1528 {
1529 JoinExpr *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
1530
1533
1534 j->quals = preprocess_expression(root, j->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1535 }
1536 else
1537 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
1538 (int) nodeTag(jtnode));
1539}
1540
1541/*
1542 * find_having_collation_conflicts
1543 * Identify HAVING clauses that must not be moved to WHERE due to collation
1544 * mismatches with GROUP BY.
1545 *
1546 * This must be called before flatten_group_exprs, while the HAVING clause
1547 * still contains GROUP Vars (Vars referencing RTE_GROUP). These GROUP Vars
1548 * carry the GROUP BY collation as their varcollid. A GROUP Var with a
1549 * nondeterministic varcollid conflicts whenever some collation-aware ancestor
1550 * on its path applies a different inputcollid: that operator would distinguish
1551 * values which the GROUP BY considers equal, so the clause is unsafe to push
1552 * to WHERE.
1553 *
1554 * Returns a Bitmapset of zero-based indexes into the havingQual list for
1555 * clauses that have collation conflicts and must stay in HAVING.
1556 */
1557static Bitmapset *
1559{
1562 int idx;
1563
1564 if (parse->havingQual == NULL)
1565 return NULL;
1566
1567 ctx.group_rtindex = group_rtindex;
1568 ctx.ancestor_collids = NIL;
1569
1570 idx = 0;
1571 foreach_ptr(Node, clause, (List *) parse->havingQual)
1572 {
1573 if (having_collation_conflict_walker(clause, &ctx))
1575 idx++;
1576 Assert(ctx.ancestor_collids == NIL);
1577 }
1578
1579 return result;
1580}
1581
1582/*
1583 * Walker function for find_having_collation_conflicts.
1584 *
1585 * Walk the clause top-down, maintaining a stack of inputcollids contributed
1586 * by collation-aware ancestors. At each GROUP Var with a nondeterministic
1587 * varcollid, the clause has a conflict if any ancestor's inputcollid differs
1588 * from the GROUP Var's varcollid. Most collation-aware nodes expose their
1589 * inputcollid through exprInputCollation(). Two structural exceptions need
1590 * special handling:
1591 *
1592 * - RowCompareExpr carries one inputcollid per column in inputcollids[], so we
1593 * descend into its (largs[i], rargs[i]) pairs explicitly with the matching
1594 * collation pushed onto the stack.
1595 *
1596 * - A simple CASE (CaseExpr with a non-NULL arg) holds the arg outside the
1597 * WHEN's OpExpr, even though the WHEN's OpExpr is the place where the
1598 * comparison's inputcollid lives. Parse analysis builds each WHEN as
1599 * "OpExpr(CaseTestExpr op val)" -- the CaseTestExpr is a placeholder for
1600 * the arg. Before walking cexpr->arg we therefore push every WHEN's
1601 * inputcollid onto the ancestor stack, so a GROUP Var at the arg is
1602 * checked against the same collations the WHEN comparisons would apply.
1603 * The WHEN bodies and defresult are then walked under the unchanged stack
1604 * so their own collation contexts are picked up by the default path.
1605 */
1606static bool
1608{
1610 bool result;
1611
1612 if (node == NULL)
1613 return false;
1614
1615 if (IsA(node, Var))
1616 {
1617 Var *var = (Var *) node;
1618
1619 /* We should not see any upper-level Vars here */
1620 Assert(var->varlevelsup == 0);
1621
1622 if (var->varno == ctx->group_rtindex &&
1623 OidIsValid(var->varcollid) &&
1624 !get_collation_isdeterministic(var->varcollid))
1625 {
1627 {
1628 if (collid != var->varcollid)
1629 return true;
1630 }
1631 }
1632 return false;
1633 }
1634
1635 if (IsA(node, RowCompareExpr))
1636 {
1638 ListCell *lc_l;
1639 ListCell *lc_r;
1640 ListCell *lc_c;
1641
1642 /*
1643 * Each column of a row comparison is compared under its own
1644 * inputcollids[i]. Walk each (largs[i], rargs[i]) pair with that
1645 * collation pushed, so a Var in column i is checked against the
1646 * collation that actually applies to it.
1647 */
1648 forthree(lc_l, rcexpr->largs,
1649 lc_r, rcexpr->rargs,
1650 lc_c, rcexpr->inputcollids)
1651 {
1653 bool found;
1654
1655 if (OidIsValid(collid))
1657 collid);
1658
1660 ctx) ||
1662 ctx);
1663
1664 if (OidIsValid(collid))
1665 ctx->ancestor_collids =
1667
1668 if (found)
1669 return true;
1670 }
1671 return false;
1672 }
1673
1674 if (IsA(node, CaseExpr) && ((CaseExpr *) node)->arg != NULL)
1675 {
1676 CaseExpr *cexpr = (CaseExpr *) node;
1678 bool found;
1679
1680 /*
1681 * Push every WHEN's inputcollid before walking cexpr->arg, since each
1682 * WHEN implicitly compares the arg under that inputcollid.
1683 */
1684 foreach_node(CaseWhen, cw, cexpr->args)
1685 {
1686 Oid collid = exprInputCollation((Node *) cw->expr);
1687
1688 if (OidIsValid(collid))
1690 collid);
1691 }
1692
1693 found = having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cexpr->arg, ctx);
1694
1696 saved_len);
1697
1698 if (found)
1699 return true;
1700
1701 /*
1702 * Walk the WHEN bodies and defresult under the unchanged ancestor
1703 * stack; any inputcollids inside them are picked up by the default
1704 * path.
1705 */
1706 foreach_node(CaseWhen, cw, cexpr->args)
1707 {
1708 if (having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cw->expr, ctx) ||
1709 having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cw->result, ctx))
1710 return true;
1711 }
1713 ctx);
1714 }
1715
1719 this_collid);
1720
1722 ctx);
1723
1726
1727 return result;
1728}
1729
1730/*
1731 * preprocess_phv_expression
1732 * Do preprocessing on a PlaceHolderVar expression that's been pulled up.
1733 *
1734 * If a LATERAL subquery references an output of another subquery, and that
1735 * output must be wrapped in a PlaceHolderVar because of an intermediate outer
1736 * join, then we'll push the PlaceHolderVar expression down into the subquery
1737 * and later pull it back up during find_lateral_references, which runs after
1738 * subquery_planner has preprocessed all the expressions that were in the
1739 * current query level to start with. So we need to preprocess it then.
1740 */
1741Expr *
1746
1747/*--------------------
1748 * grouping_planner
1749 * Perform planning steps related to grouping, aggregation, etc.
1750 *
1751 * This function adds all required top-level processing to the scan/join
1752 * Path(s) produced by query_planner.
1753 *
1754 * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
1755 * tuple_fraction is interpreted as follows:
1756 * 0: expect all tuples to be retrieved (normal case)
1757 * 0 < tuple_fraction < 1: expect the given fraction of tuples available
1758 * from the plan to be retrieved
1759 * tuple_fraction >= 1: tuple_fraction is the absolute number of tuples
1760 * expected to be retrieved (ie, a LIMIT specification).
1761 * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
1762 * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
1763 * set operation can be generated. NULL when not planning a set operation
1764 * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
1765 *
1766 * Returns nothing; the useful output is in the Paths we attach to the
1767 * (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel in *root. In addition,
1768 * root->processed_tlist contains the final processed targetlist.
1769 *
1770 * Note that we have not done set_cheapest() on the final rel; it's convenient
1771 * to leave this to the caller.
1772 *--------------------
1773 */
1774static void
1775grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
1777{
1778 Query *parse = root->parse;
1779 int64 offset_est = 0;
1780 int64 count_est = 0;
1781 double limit_tuples = -1.0;
1782 bool have_postponed_srfs = false;
1789 FinalPathExtraData extra;
1790 ListCell *lc;
1791
1792 /* Tweak caller-supplied tuple_fraction if have LIMIT/OFFSET */
1793 if (parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset)
1794 {
1795 tuple_fraction = preprocess_limit(root, tuple_fraction,
1796 &offset_est, &count_est);
1797
1798 /*
1799 * If we have a known LIMIT, and don't have an unknown OFFSET, we can
1800 * estimate the effects of using a bounded sort.
1801 */
1802 if (count_est > 0 && offset_est >= 0)
1803 limit_tuples = (double) count_est + (double) offset_est;
1804 }
1805
1806 /* Make tuple_fraction accessible to lower-level routines */
1807 root->tuple_fraction = tuple_fraction;
1808
1809 if (parse->setOperations)
1810 {
1811 /*
1812 * Construct Paths for set operations. The results will not need any
1813 * work except perhaps a top-level sort and/or LIMIT. Note that any
1814 * special work for recursive unions is the responsibility of
1815 * plan_set_operations.
1816 */
1818
1819 /*
1820 * We should not need to call preprocess_targetlist, since we must be
1821 * in a SELECT query node. Instead, use the processed_tlist returned
1822 * by plan_set_operations (since this tells whether it returned any
1823 * resjunk columns!), and transfer any sort key information from the
1824 * original tlist.
1825 */
1826 Assert(parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
1827
1828 /* for safety, copy processed_tlist instead of modifying in-place */
1829 root->processed_tlist =
1830 postprocess_setop_tlist(copyObject(root->processed_tlist),
1831 parse->targetList);
1832
1833 /* Also extract the PathTarget form of the setop result tlist */
1834 final_target = current_rel->cheapest_total_path->pathtarget;
1835
1836 /* And check whether it's parallel safe */
1839
1840 /* The setop result tlist couldn't contain any SRFs */
1841 Assert(!parse->hasTargetSRFs);
1843
1844 /*
1845 * Can't handle FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE here (parser should have
1846 * checked already, but let's make sure).
1847 */
1848 if (parse->rowMarks)
1849 ereport(ERROR,
1851 /*------
1852 translator: %s is a SQL row locking clause such as FOR UPDATE */
1853 errmsg("%s is not allowed with UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT",
1855 parse->rowMarks)->strength))));
1856
1857 /*
1858 * Calculate pathkeys that represent result ordering requirements
1859 */
1860 Assert(parse->distinctClause == NIL);
1861 root->sort_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
1862 parse->sortClause,
1863 root->processed_tlist);
1864 }
1865 else
1866 {
1867 /* No set operations, do regular planning */
1881 bool have_grouping;
1883 List *activeWindows = NIL;
1884 grouping_sets_data *gset_data = NULL;
1886
1887 /* A recursive query should always have setOperations */
1888 Assert(!root->hasRecursion);
1889
1890 /* Preprocess grouping sets and GROUP BY clause, if any */
1891 if (parse->groupingSets)
1892 {
1893 gset_data = preprocess_grouping_sets(root);
1894 }
1895 else if (parse->groupClause)
1896 {
1897 /* Preprocess regular GROUP BY clause, if any */
1898 root->processed_groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, NIL);
1899 }
1900
1901 /*
1902 * Preprocess targetlist. Note that much of the remaining planning
1903 * work will be done with the PathTarget representation of tlists, but
1904 * we must also maintain the full representation of the final tlist so
1905 * that we can transfer its decoration (resnames etc) to the topmost
1906 * tlist of the finished Plan. This is kept in processed_tlist.
1907 */
1909
1910 /*
1911 * Mark all the aggregates with resolved aggtranstypes, and detect
1912 * aggregates that are duplicates or can share transition state. We
1913 * must do this before slicing and dicing the tlist into various
1914 * pathtargets, else some copies of the Aggref nodes might escape
1915 * being marked.
1916 */
1917 if (parse->hasAggs)
1918 {
1919 preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) root->processed_tlist);
1920 preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) parse->havingQual);
1921 }
1922
1923 /*
1924 * Locate any window functions in the tlist. (We don't need to look
1925 * anywhere else, since expressions used in ORDER BY will be in there
1926 * too.) Note that they could all have been eliminated by constant
1927 * folding, in which case we don't need to do any more work.
1928 */
1929 if (parse->hasWindowFuncs)
1930 {
1931 wflists = find_window_functions((Node *) root->processed_tlist,
1932 list_length(parse->windowClause));
1933 if (wflists->numWindowFuncs > 0)
1934 {
1935 /*
1936 * See if any modifications can be made to each WindowClause
1937 * to allow the executor to execute the WindowFuncs more
1938 * quickly.
1939 */
1941
1942 /* Extract the list of windows actually in use. */
1943 activeWindows = select_active_windows(root, wflists);
1944
1945 /* Make sure they all have names, for EXPLAIN's use. */
1946 name_active_windows(activeWindows);
1947 }
1948 else
1949 parse->hasWindowFuncs = false;
1950 }
1951
1952 /*
1953 * Preprocess MIN/MAX aggregates, if any. Note: be careful about
1954 * adding logic between here and the query_planner() call. Anything
1955 * that is needed in MIN/MAX-optimizable cases will have to be
1956 * duplicated in planagg.c.
1957 */
1958 if (parse->hasAggs)
1960
1961 /*
1962 * Figure out whether there's a hard limit on the number of rows that
1963 * query_planner's result subplan needs to return. Even if we know a
1964 * hard limit overall, it doesn't apply if the query has any
1965 * grouping/aggregation operations, or SRFs in the tlist.
1966 */
1967 if (parse->groupClause ||
1968 parse->groupingSets ||
1969 parse->distinctClause ||
1970 parse->hasAggs ||
1971 parse->hasWindowFuncs ||
1972 parse->hasTargetSRFs ||
1973 root->hasHavingQual)
1974 root->limit_tuples = -1.0;
1975 else
1976 root->limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
1977
1978 /* Set up data needed by standard_qp_callback */
1979 qp_extra.activeWindows = activeWindows;
1980 qp_extra.gset_data = gset_data;
1981
1982 /*
1983 * If we're a subquery for a set operation, store the SetOperationStmt
1984 * in qp_extra.
1985 */
1986 qp_extra.setop = setops;
1987
1988 /*
1989 * Generate the best unsorted and presorted paths for the scan/join
1990 * portion of this Query, ie the processing represented by the
1991 * FROM/WHERE clauses. (Note there may not be any presorted paths.)
1992 * We also generate (in standard_qp_callback) pathkey representations
1993 * of the query's sort clause, distinct clause, etc.
1994 */
1996
1997 /*
1998 * Convert the query's result tlist into PathTarget format.
1999 *
2000 * Note: this cannot be done before query_planner() has performed
2001 * appendrel expansion, because that might add resjunk entries to
2002 * root->processed_tlist. Waiting till afterwards is also helpful
2003 * because the target width estimates can use per-Var width numbers
2004 * that were obtained within query_planner().
2005 */
2006 final_target = create_pathtarget(root, root->processed_tlist);
2009
2010 /*
2011 * If ORDER BY was given, consider whether we should use a post-sort
2012 * projection, and compute the adjusted target for preceding steps if
2013 * so.
2014 */
2015 if (parse->sortClause)
2016 {
2022 }
2023 else
2024 {
2027 }
2028
2029 /*
2030 * If we have window functions to deal with, the output from any
2031 * grouping step needs to be what the window functions want;
2032 * otherwise, it should be sort_input_target.
2033 */
2034 if (activeWindows)
2035 {
2038 activeWindows);
2041 }
2042 else
2043 {
2046 }
2047
2048 /*
2049 * If we have grouping or aggregation to do, the topmost scan/join
2050 * plan node must emit what the grouping step wants; otherwise, it
2051 * should emit grouping_target.
2052 */
2053 have_grouping = (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets ||
2054 parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual);
2055 if (have_grouping)
2056 {
2060 }
2061 else
2062 {
2065 }
2066
2067 /*
2068 * If there are any SRFs in the targetlist, we must separate each of
2069 * these PathTargets into SRF-computing and SRF-free targets. Replace
2070 * each of the named targets with a SRF-free version, and remember the
2071 * list of additional projection steps we need to add afterwards.
2072 */
2073 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2074 {
2075 /* final_target doesn't recompute any SRFs in sort_input_target */
2081 /* likewise for sort_input_target vs. grouping_target */
2087 /* likewise for grouping_target vs. scanjoin_target */
2094 /* scanjoin_target will not have any SRFs precomputed for it */
2100 }
2101 else
2102 {
2103 /* initialize lists; for most of these, dummy values are OK */
2109 }
2110
2111 /* Apply scan/join target. */
2113 && equal(scanjoin_target->exprs, current_rel->reltarget->exprs);
2118
2119 /*
2120 * Save the various upper-rel PathTargets we just computed into
2121 * root->upper_targets[]. The core code doesn't use this, but it
2122 * provides a convenient place for extensions to get at the info. For
2123 * consistency, we save all the intermediate targets, even though some
2124 * of the corresponding upperrels might not be needed for this query.
2125 */
2126 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL] = final_target;
2127 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_ORDERED] = final_target;
2128 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
2130 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_WINDOW] = sort_input_target;
2131 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG] = grouping_target;
2132
2133 /*
2134 * If we have grouping and/or aggregation, consider ways to implement
2135 * that. We build a new upperrel representing the output of this
2136 * phase.
2137 */
2138 if (have_grouping)
2139 {
2144 gset_data);
2145 /* Fix things up if grouping_target contains SRFs */
2146 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2150 }
2151
2152 /*
2153 * If we have window functions, consider ways to implement those. We
2154 * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
2155 */
2156 if (activeWindows)
2157 {
2163 wflists,
2164 activeWindows);
2165 /* Fix things up if sort_input_target contains SRFs */
2166 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2170 }
2171
2172 /*
2173 * If there is a DISTINCT clause, consider ways to implement that. We
2174 * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
2175 */
2176 if (parse->distinctClause)
2177 {
2181 }
2182 } /* end of if (setOperations) */
2183
2184 /*
2185 * If ORDER BY was given, consider ways to implement that, and generate a
2186 * new upperrel containing only paths that emit the correct ordering and
2187 * project the correct final_target. We can apply the original
2188 * limit_tuples limit in sort costing here, but only if there are no
2189 * postponed SRFs.
2190 */
2191 if (parse->sortClause)
2192 {
2197 have_postponed_srfs ? -1.0 :
2198 limit_tuples);
2199 /* Fix things up if final_target contains SRFs */
2200 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2204 }
2205
2206 /*
2207 * Now we are prepared to build the final-output upperrel.
2208 */
2210
2211 /*
2212 * If the input rel is marked consider_parallel and there's nothing that's
2213 * not parallel-safe in the LIMIT clause, then the final_rel can be marked
2214 * consider_parallel as well. Note that if the query has rowMarks or is
2215 * not a SELECT, consider_parallel will be false for every relation in the
2216 * query.
2217 */
2218 if (current_rel->consider_parallel &&
2219 is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitOffset) &&
2220 is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitCount))
2221 final_rel->consider_parallel = true;
2222
2223 /*
2224 * If the current_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the final_rel.
2225 */
2226 final_rel->serverid = current_rel->serverid;
2227 final_rel->userid = current_rel->userid;
2228 final_rel->useridiscurrent = current_rel->useridiscurrent;
2229 final_rel->fdwroutine = current_rel->fdwroutine;
2230
2231 /*
2232 * Generate paths for the final_rel. Insert all surviving paths, with
2233 * LockRows, Limit, and/or ModifyTable steps added if needed.
2234 */
2235 foreach(lc, current_rel->pathlist)
2236 {
2237 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
2238
2239 /*
2240 * If there is a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, add the LockRows node.
2241 * (Note: we intentionally test parse->rowMarks not root->rowMarks
2242 * here. If there are only non-locking rowmarks, they should be
2243 * handled by the ModifyTable node instead. However, root->rowMarks
2244 * is what goes into the LockRows node.)
2245 */
2246 if (parse->rowMarks)
2247 {
2248 path = (Path *) create_lockrows_path(root, final_rel, path,
2249 root->rowMarks,
2251 }
2252
2253 /*
2254 * If there is a LIMIT/OFFSET clause, add the LIMIT node.
2255 */
2256 if (limit_needed(parse))
2257 {
2258 path = (Path *) create_limit_path(root, final_rel, path,
2259 parse->limitOffset,
2260 parse->limitCount,
2261 parse->limitOption,
2262 offset_est, count_est);
2263 }
2264
2265 /*
2266 * If this is an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE, add the ModifyTable node.
2267 */
2268 if (parse->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
2269 {
2270 Index rootRelation;
2271 List *resultRelations = NIL;
2272 List *updateColnosLists = NIL;
2273 List *withCheckOptionLists = NIL;
2274 List *returningLists = NIL;
2275 List *mergeActionLists = NIL;
2276 List *mergeJoinConditions = NIL;
2277 List *rowMarks;
2278
2279 if (bms_membership(root->all_result_relids) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
2280 {
2281 /* Inherited UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE */
2283 parse->resultRelation);
2284 int resultRelation = -1;
2285
2286 /* Pass the root result rel forward to the executor. */
2287 rootRelation = parse->resultRelation;
2288
2289 /* Add only leaf children to ModifyTable. */
2290 while ((resultRelation = bms_next_member(root->leaf_result_relids,
2291 resultRelation)) >= 0)
2292 {
2294 resultRelation);
2295
2296 /*
2297 * Also exclude any leaf rels that have turned dummy since
2298 * being added to the list, for example, by being excluded
2299 * by constraint exclusion.
2300 */
2302 continue;
2303
2304 /* Build per-target-rel lists needed by ModifyTable */
2305 resultRelations = lappend_int(resultRelations,
2306 resultRelation);
2307 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2308 {
2309 List *update_colnos = root->update_colnos;
2310
2312 update_colnos =
2314 update_colnos,
2315 this_result_rel->relid,
2316 top_result_rel->relid);
2317 updateColnosLists = lappend(updateColnosLists,
2318 update_colnos);
2319 }
2320 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2321 {
2322 List *withCheckOptions = parse->withCheckOptions;
2323
2330 withCheckOptionLists = lappend(withCheckOptionLists,
2332 }
2333 if (parse->returningList)
2334 {
2335 List *returningList = parse->returningList;
2336
2338 returningList = (List *)
2340 (Node *) returningList,
2343 returningLists = lappend(returningLists,
2344 returningList);
2345 }
2346 if (parse->mergeActionList)
2347 {
2348 ListCell *l;
2349 List *mergeActionList = NIL;
2350
2351 /*
2352 * Copy MergeActions and translate stuff that
2353 * references attribute numbers.
2354 */
2355 foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
2356 {
2357 MergeAction *action = lfirst(l),
2358 *leaf_action = copyObject(action);
2359
2360 leaf_action->qual =
2362 (Node *) action->qual,
2365 leaf_action->targetList = (List *)
2367 (Node *) action->targetList,
2370 if (leaf_action->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2371 leaf_action->updateColnos =
2373 action->updateColnos,
2374 this_result_rel->relid,
2375 top_result_rel->relid);
2376 mergeActionList = lappend(mergeActionList,
2377 leaf_action);
2378 }
2379
2380 mergeActionLists = lappend(mergeActionLists,
2381 mergeActionList);
2382 }
2383 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2384 {
2385 Node *mergeJoinCondition = parse->mergeJoinCondition;
2386
2388 mergeJoinCondition =
2390 mergeJoinCondition,
2393 mergeJoinConditions = lappend(mergeJoinConditions,
2394 mergeJoinCondition);
2395 }
2396 }
2397
2398 if (resultRelations == NIL)
2399 {
2400 /*
2401 * We managed to exclude every child rel, so generate a
2402 * dummy one-relation plan using info for the top target
2403 * rel (even though that may not be a leaf target).
2404 * Although it's clear that no data will be updated or
2405 * deleted, we still need to have a ModifyTable node so
2406 * that any statement triggers will be executed. (This
2407 * could be cleaner if we fixed nodeModifyTable.c to allow
2408 * zero target relations, but that probably wouldn't be a
2409 * net win.)
2410 */
2411 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
2412 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2413 updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
2414 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2415 withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
2416 if (parse->returningList)
2417 returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
2418 if (parse->mergeActionList)
2419 mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
2420 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2421 mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
2422 }
2423 }
2424 else
2425 {
2426 /* Single-relation INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE. */
2427 rootRelation = 0; /* there's no separate root rel */
2428 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
2429 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2430 updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
2431 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2432 withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
2433 if (parse->returningList)
2434 returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
2435 if (parse->mergeActionList)
2436 mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
2437 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2438 mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
2439 }
2440
2441 /*
2442 * If there was a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, the LockRows node
2443 * will have dealt with fetching non-locked marked rows, else we
2444 * need to have ModifyTable do that.
2445 */
2446 if (parse->rowMarks)
2447 rowMarks = NIL;
2448 else
2449 rowMarks = root->rowMarks;
2450
2451 path = (Path *)
2453 path,
2454 parse->commandType,
2455 parse->canSetTag,
2456 parse->resultRelation,
2457 rootRelation,
2458 resultRelations,
2459 updateColnosLists,
2460 withCheckOptionLists,
2461 returningLists,
2462 rowMarks,
2463 parse->onConflict,
2464 mergeActionLists,
2465 mergeJoinConditions,
2466 parse->forPortionOf,
2468 }
2469
2470 /* And shove it into final_rel */
2471 add_path(final_rel, path);
2472 }
2473
2474 /*
2475 * Generate partial paths for final_rel, too, if outer query levels might
2476 * be able to make use of them.
2477 */
2478 if (final_rel->consider_parallel && root->query_level > 1 &&
2480 {
2481 Assert(!parse->rowMarks && parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
2482 foreach(lc, current_rel->partial_pathlist)
2483 {
2484 Path *partial_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
2485
2487 }
2488 }
2489
2491 extra.limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
2492 extra.count_est = count_est;
2493 extra.offset_est = offset_est;
2494
2495 /*
2496 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
2497 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
2498 */
2499 if (final_rel->fdwroutine &&
2500 final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
2501 final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
2503 &extra);
2504
2505 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
2507 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
2508 current_rel, final_rel, &extra);
2509
2510 /* Note: currently, we leave it to callers to do set_cheapest() */
2511}
2512
2513/*
2514 * Do preprocessing for groupingSets clause and related data.
2515 *
2516 * We expect that parse->groupingSets has already been expanded into a flat
2517 * list of grouping sets (that is, just integer Lists of ressortgroupref
2518 * numbers) by expand_grouping_sets(). This function handles the preliminary
2519 * steps of organizing the grouping sets into lists of rollups, and preparing
2520 * annotations which will later be filled in with size estimates.
2521 */
2522static grouping_sets_data *
2524{
2525 Query *parse = root->parse;
2526 List *sets;
2527 int maxref = 0;
2530
2531 /*
2532 * We don't currently make any attempt to optimize the groupClause when
2533 * there are grouping sets, so just duplicate it in processed_groupClause.
2534 */
2535 root->processed_groupClause = parse->groupClause;
2536
2537 /* Detect unhashable and unsortable grouping expressions */
2538 gd->any_hashable = false;
2539 gd->unhashable_refs = NULL;
2540 gd->unsortable_refs = NULL;
2541 gd->unsortable_sets = NIL;
2542
2543 if (parse->groupClause)
2544 {
2545 ListCell *lc;
2546
2547 foreach(lc, parse->groupClause)
2548 {
2550 Index ref = gc->tleSortGroupRef;
2551
2552 if (ref > maxref)
2553 maxref = ref;
2554
2555 if (!gc->hashable)
2556 gd->unhashable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unhashable_refs, ref);
2557
2558 if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop))
2559 gd->unsortable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unsortable_refs, ref);
2560 }
2561 }
2562
2563 /* Allocate workspace array for remapping */
2564 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map = (int *) palloc((maxref + 1) * sizeof(int));
2565
2566 /*
2567 * If we have any unsortable sets, we must extract them before trying to
2568 * prepare rollups. Unsortable sets don't go through
2569 * reorder_grouping_sets, so we must apply the GroupingSetData annotation
2570 * here.
2571 */
2572 if (!bms_is_empty(gd->unsortable_refs))
2573 {
2575 ListCell *lc;
2576
2577 foreach(lc, parse->groupingSets)
2578 {
2579 List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
2580
2581 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unsortable_refs, gset))
2582 {
2584
2585 gs->set = gset;
2586 gd->unsortable_sets = lappend(gd->unsortable_sets, gs);
2587
2588 /*
2589 * We must enforce here that an unsortable set is hashable;
2590 * later code assumes this. Parse analysis only checks that
2591 * every individual column is either hashable or sortable.
2592 *
2593 * Note that passing this test doesn't guarantee we can
2594 * generate a plan; there might be other showstoppers.
2595 */
2596 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gset))
2597 ereport(ERROR,
2599 errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
2600 errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
2601 }
2602 else
2604 }
2605
2606 if (sortable_sets)
2608 else
2609 sets = NIL;
2610 }
2611 else
2612 sets = extract_rollup_sets(parse->groupingSets);
2613
2614 foreach(lc_set, sets)
2615 {
2619
2620 /*
2621 * Reorder the current list of grouping sets into correct prefix
2622 * order. If only one aggregation pass is needed, try to make the
2623 * list match the ORDER BY clause; if more than one pass is needed, we
2624 * don't bother with that.
2625 *
2626 * Note that this reorders the sets from smallest-member-first to
2627 * largest-member-first, and applies the GroupingSetData annotations,
2628 * though the data will be filled in later.
2629 */
2631 (list_length(sets) == 1
2632 ? parse->sortClause
2633 : NIL));
2634
2635 /*
2636 * Get the initial (and therefore largest) grouping set.
2637 */
2639
2640 /*
2641 * Order the groupClause appropriately. If the first grouping set is
2642 * empty, then the groupClause must also be empty; otherwise we have
2643 * to force the groupClause to match that grouping set's order.
2644 *
2645 * (The first grouping set can be empty even though parse->groupClause
2646 * is not empty only if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable.
2647 * The groupClauses for hashed grouping sets are built later on.)
2648 */
2649 if (gs->set)
2650 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
2651 else
2652 rollup->groupClause = NIL;
2653
2654 /*
2655 * Is it hashable? We pretend empty sets are hashable even though we
2656 * actually force them not to be hashed later. But don't bother if
2657 * there's nothing but empty sets (since in that case we can't hash
2658 * anything).
2659 */
2660 if (gs->set &&
2661 !bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gs->set))
2662 {
2663 rollup->hashable = true;
2664 gd->any_hashable = true;
2665 }
2666
2667 /*
2668 * Now that we've pinned down an order for the groupClause for this
2669 * list of grouping sets, we need to remap the entries in the grouping
2670 * sets from sortgrouprefs to plain indices (0-based) into the
2671 * groupClause for this collection of grouping sets. We keep the
2672 * original form for later use, though.
2673 */
2674 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
2676 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
2677 rollup->gsets_data = current_sets;
2678
2679 gd->rollups = lappend(gd->rollups, rollup);
2680 }
2681
2682 if (gd->unsortable_sets)
2683 {
2684 /*
2685 * We have not yet pinned down a groupclause for this, but we will
2686 * need index-based lists for estimation purposes. Construct
2687 * hash_sets_idx based on the entire original groupclause for now.
2688 */
2689 gd->hash_sets_idx = remap_to_groupclause_idx(parse->groupClause,
2690 gd->unsortable_sets,
2691 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
2692 gd->any_hashable = true;
2693 }
2694
2695 return gd;
2696}
2697
2698/*
2699 * Given a groupclause and a list of GroupingSetData, return equivalent sets
2700 * (without annotation) mapped to indexes into the given groupclause.
2701 */
2702static List *
2704 List *gsets,
2705 int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
2706{
2707 int ref = 0;
2708 List *result = NIL;
2709 ListCell *lc;
2710
2711 foreach(lc, groupClause)
2712 {
2714
2715 tleref_to_colnum_map[gc->tleSortGroupRef] = ref++;
2716 }
2717
2718 foreach(lc, gsets)
2719 {
2720 List *set = NIL;
2721 ListCell *lc2;
2723
2724 foreach(lc2, gs->set)
2725 {
2726 set = lappend_int(set, tleref_to_colnum_map[lfirst_int(lc2)]);
2727 }
2728
2729 result = lappend(result, set);
2730 }
2731
2732 return result;
2733}
2734
2735
2736/*
2737 * preprocess_rowmarks - set up PlanRowMarks if needed
2738 */
2739static void
2741{
2742 Query *parse = root->parse;
2743 Bitmapset *rels;
2744 List *prowmarks;
2745 ListCell *l;
2746 int i;
2747
2748 if (parse->rowMarks)
2749 {
2750 /*
2751 * We've got trouble if FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE appears inside
2752 * grouping, since grouping renders a reference to individual tuple
2753 * CTIDs invalid. This is also checked at parse time, but that's
2754 * insufficient because of rule substitution, query pullup, etc.
2755 */
2757 parse->rowMarks)->strength);
2758 }
2759 else
2760 {
2761 /*
2762 * We only need rowmarks for UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or FOR [KEY]
2763 * UPDATE/SHARE.
2764 */
2765 if (parse->commandType != CMD_UPDATE &&
2766 parse->commandType != CMD_DELETE &&
2767 parse->commandType != CMD_MERGE)
2768 return;
2769 }
2770
2771 /*
2772 * We need to have rowmarks for all base relations except the target. We
2773 * make a bitmapset of all base rels and then remove the items we don't
2774 * need or have FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE marks for.
2775 */
2776 rels = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) parse->jointree, false, false);
2777 if (parse->resultRelation)
2778 rels = bms_del_member(rels, parse->resultRelation);
2779
2780 /*
2781 * Convert RowMarkClauses to PlanRowMark representation.
2782 */
2783 prowmarks = NIL;
2784 foreach(l, parse->rowMarks)
2785 {
2787 RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rc->rti, parse->rtable);
2789
2790 /*
2791 * Currently, it is syntactically impossible to have FOR UPDATE et al
2792 * applied to an update/delete target rel. If that ever becomes
2793 * possible, we should drop the target from the PlanRowMark list.
2794 */
2795 Assert(rc->rti != parse->resultRelation);
2796
2797 /*
2798 * Ignore RowMarkClauses for subqueries; they aren't real tables and
2799 * can't support true locking. Subqueries that got flattened into the
2800 * main query should be ignored completely. Any that didn't will get
2801 * ROW_MARK_COPY items in the next loop.
2802 */
2803 if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
2804 continue;
2805
2806 rels = bms_del_member(rels, rc->rti);
2807
2809 newrc->rti = newrc->prti = rc->rti;
2810 newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
2811 newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, rc->strength);
2812 newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
2813 newrc->strength = rc->strength;
2814 newrc->waitPolicy = rc->waitPolicy;
2815 newrc->isParent = false;
2816
2818 }
2819
2820 /*
2821 * Now, add rowmarks for any non-target, non-locked base relations.
2822 */
2823 i = 0;
2824 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
2825 {
2828
2829 i++;
2830 if (!bms_is_member(i, rels))
2831 continue;
2832
2834 newrc->rti = newrc->prti = i;
2835 newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
2836 newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, LCS_NONE);
2837 newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
2838 newrc->strength = LCS_NONE;
2839 newrc->waitPolicy = LockWaitBlock; /* doesn't matter */
2840 newrc->isParent = false;
2841
2843 }
2844
2845 root->rowMarks = prowmarks;
2846}
2847
2848/*
2849 * Select RowMarkType to use for a given table
2850 */
2853{
2854 if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
2855 {
2856 /* If it's not a table at all, use ROW_MARK_COPY */
2857 return ROW_MARK_COPY;
2858 }
2859 else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2860 {
2861 /* Let the FDW select the rowmark type, if it wants to */
2862 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByRelId(rte->relid);
2863
2864 if (fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType != NULL)
2865 return fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType(rte, strength);
2866 /* Otherwise, use ROW_MARK_COPY by default */
2867 return ROW_MARK_COPY;
2868 }
2869 else
2870 {
2871 /* Regular table, apply the appropriate lock type */
2872 switch (strength)
2873 {
2874 case LCS_NONE:
2875
2876 /*
2877 * We don't need a tuple lock, only the ability to re-fetch
2878 * the row.
2879 */
2880 return ROW_MARK_REFERENCE;
2881 break;
2882 case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
2883 return ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE;
2884 break;
2885 case LCS_FORSHARE:
2886 return ROW_MARK_SHARE;
2887 break;
2888 case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
2890 break;
2891 case LCS_FORUPDATE:
2892 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;
2893 break;
2894 }
2895 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized LockClauseStrength %d", (int) strength);
2896 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE; /* keep compiler quiet */
2897 }
2898}
2899
2900/*
2901 * preprocess_limit - do pre-estimation for LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses
2902 *
2903 * We try to estimate the values of the LIMIT/OFFSET clauses, and pass the
2904 * results back in *count_est and *offset_est. These variables are set to
2905 * 0 if the corresponding clause is not present, and -1 if it's present
2906 * but we couldn't estimate the value for it. (The "0" convention is OK
2907 * for OFFSET but a little bit bogus for LIMIT: effectively we estimate
2908 * LIMIT 0 as though it were LIMIT 1. But this is in line with the planner's
2909 * usual practice of never estimating less than one row.) These values will
2910 * be passed to create_limit_path, which see if you change this code.
2911 *
2912 * The return value is the suitably adjusted tuple_fraction to use for
2913 * planning the query. This adjustment is not overridable, since it reflects
2914 * plan actions that grouping_planner() will certainly take, not assumptions
2915 * about context.
2916 */
2917static double
2918preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
2919 int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
2920{
2921 Query *parse = root->parse;
2922 Node *est;
2923 double limit_fraction;
2924
2925 /* Should not be called unless LIMIT or OFFSET */
2926 Assert(parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset);
2927
2928 /*
2929 * Try to obtain the clause values. We use estimate_expression_value
2930 * primarily because it can sometimes do something useful with Params.
2931 */
2932 if (parse->limitCount)
2933 {
2934 est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitCount);
2935 if (est && IsA(est, Const))
2936 {
2937 if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
2938 {
2939 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
2940 *count_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2941 }
2942 else
2943 {
2944 *count_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
2945 if (*count_est <= 0)
2946 *count_est = 1; /* force to at least 1 */
2947 }
2948 }
2949 else
2950 *count_est = -1; /* can't estimate */
2951 }
2952 else
2953 *count_est = 0; /* not present */
2954
2955 if (parse->limitOffset)
2956 {
2957 est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitOffset);
2958 if (est && IsA(est, Const))
2959 {
2960 if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
2961 {
2962 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor will too */
2963 *offset_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2964 }
2965 else
2966 {
2967 *offset_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
2968 if (*offset_est < 0)
2969 *offset_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2970 }
2971 }
2972 else
2973 *offset_est = -1; /* can't estimate */
2974 }
2975 else
2976 *offset_est = 0; /* not present */
2977
2978 if (*count_est != 0)
2979 {
2980 /*
2981 * A LIMIT clause limits the absolute number of tuples returned.
2982 * However, if it's not a constant LIMIT then we have to guess; for
2983 * lack of a better idea, assume 10% of the plan's result is wanted.
2984 */
2985 if (*count_est < 0 || *offset_est < 0)
2986 {
2987 /* LIMIT or OFFSET is an expression ... punt ... */
2988 limit_fraction = 0.10;
2989 }
2990 else
2991 {
2992 /* LIMIT (plus OFFSET, if any) is max number of tuples needed */
2993 limit_fraction = (double) *count_est + (double) *offset_est;
2994 }
2995
2996 /*
2997 * If we have absolute limits from both caller and LIMIT, use the
2998 * smaller value; likewise if they are both fractional. If one is
2999 * fractional and the other absolute, we can't easily determine which
3000 * is smaller, but we use the heuristic that the absolute will usually
3001 * be smaller.
3002 */
3003 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3004 {
3005 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3006 {
3007 /* both absolute */
3008 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
3009 }
3010 else
3011 {
3012 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use caller's value */
3013 }
3014 }
3015 else if (tuple_fraction > 0.0)
3016 {
3017 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3018 {
3019 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use limit */
3020 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3021 }
3022 else
3023 {
3024 /* both fractional */
3025 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
3026 }
3027 }
3028 else
3029 {
3030 /* no info from caller, just use limit */
3031 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3032 }
3033 }
3034 else if (*offset_est != 0 && tuple_fraction > 0.0)
3035 {
3036 /*
3037 * We have an OFFSET but no LIMIT. This acts entirely differently
3038 * from the LIMIT case: here, we need to increase rather than decrease
3039 * the caller's tuple_fraction, because the OFFSET acts to cause more
3040 * tuples to be fetched instead of fewer. This only matters if we got
3041 * a tuple_fraction > 0, however.
3042 *
3043 * As above, use 10% if OFFSET is present but unestimatable.
3044 */
3045 if (*offset_est < 0)
3046 limit_fraction = 0.10;
3047 else
3048 limit_fraction = (double) *offset_est;
3049
3050 /*
3051 * If we have absolute counts from both caller and OFFSET, add them
3052 * together; likewise if they are both fractional. If one is
3053 * fractional and the other absolute, we want to take the larger, and
3054 * we heuristically assume that's the fractional one.
3055 */
3056 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3057 {
3058 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3059 {
3060 /* both absolute, so add them together */
3061 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
3062 }
3063 else
3064 {
3065 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use limit */
3066 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3067 }
3068 }
3069 else
3070 {
3071 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3072 {
3073 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use caller's value */
3074 }
3075 else
3076 {
3077 /* both fractional, so add them together */
3078 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
3079 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3080 tuple_fraction = 0.0; /* assume fetch all */
3081 }
3082 }
3083 }
3084
3085 return tuple_fraction;
3086}
3087
3088/*
3089 * limit_needed - do we actually need a Limit plan node?
3090 *
3091 * If we have constant-zero OFFSET and constant-null LIMIT, we can skip adding
3092 * a Limit node. This is worth checking for because "OFFSET 0" is a common
3093 * locution for an optimization fence. (Because other places in the planner
3094 * merely check whether parse->limitOffset isn't NULL, it will still work as
3095 * an optimization fence --- we're just suppressing unnecessary run-time
3096 * overhead.)
3097 *
3098 * This might look like it could be merged into preprocess_limit, but there's
3099 * a key distinction: here we need hard constants in OFFSET/LIMIT, whereas
3100 * in preprocess_limit it's good enough to consider estimated values.
3101 */
3102bool
3104{
3105 Node *node;
3106
3107 node = parse->limitCount;
3108 if (node)
3109 {
3110 if (IsA(node, Const))
3111 {
3112 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
3113 if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
3114 return true; /* LIMIT with a constant value */
3115 }
3116 else
3117 return true; /* non-constant LIMIT */
3118 }
3119
3120 node = parse->limitOffset;
3121 if (node)
3122 {
3123 if (IsA(node, Const))
3124 {
3125 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor would too */
3126 if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
3127 {
3128 int64 offset = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) node)->constvalue);
3129
3130 if (offset != 0)
3131 return true; /* OFFSET with a nonzero value */
3132 }
3133 }
3134 else
3135 return true; /* non-constant OFFSET */
3136 }
3137
3138 return false; /* don't need a Limit plan node */
3139}
3140
3141/*
3142 * preprocess_groupclause - do preparatory work on GROUP BY clause
3143 *
3144 * The idea here is to adjust the ordering of the GROUP BY elements
3145 * (which in itself is semantically insignificant) to match ORDER BY,
3146 * thereby allowing a single sort operation to both implement the ORDER BY
3147 * requirement and set up for a Unique step that implements GROUP BY.
3148 * We also consider partial match between GROUP BY and ORDER BY elements,
3149 * which could allow to implement ORDER BY using the incremental sort.
3150 *
3151 * We also consider other orderings of the GROUP BY elements, which could
3152 * match the sort ordering of other possible plans (eg an indexscan) and
3153 * thereby reduce cost. This is implemented during the generation of grouping
3154 * paths. See get_useful_group_keys_orderings() for details.
3155 *
3156 * Note: we need no comparable processing of the distinctClause because
3157 * the parser already enforced that that matches ORDER BY.
3158 *
3159 * Note: we return a fresh List, but its elements are the same
3160 * SortGroupClauses appearing in parse->groupClause. This is important
3161 * because later processing may modify the processed_groupClause list.
3162 *
3163 * For grouping sets, the order of items is instead forced to agree with that
3164 * of the grouping set (and items not in the grouping set are skipped). The
3165 * work of sorting the order of grouping set elements to match the ORDER BY if
3166 * possible is done elsewhere.
3167 */
3168static List *
3170{
3171 Query *parse = root->parse;
3173 ListCell *sl;
3174 ListCell *gl;
3175
3176 /* For grouping sets, we need to force the ordering */
3177 if (force)
3178 {
3179 foreach(sl, force)
3180 {
3183
3185 }
3186
3187 return new_groupclause;
3188 }
3189
3190 /* If no ORDER BY, nothing useful to do here */
3191 if (parse->sortClause == NIL)
3192 return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3193
3194 /*
3195 * Scan the ORDER BY clause and construct a list of matching GROUP BY
3196 * items, but only as far as we can make a matching prefix.
3197 *
3198 * This code assumes that the sortClause contains no duplicate items.
3199 */
3200 foreach(sl, parse->sortClause)
3201 {
3203
3204 foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
3205 {
3207
3208 if (equal(gc, sc))
3209 {
3211 break;
3212 }
3213 }
3214 if (gl == NULL)
3215 break; /* no match, so stop scanning */
3216 }
3217
3218
3219 /* If no match at all, no point in reordering GROUP BY */
3220 if (new_groupclause == NIL)
3221 return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3222
3223 /*
3224 * Add any remaining GROUP BY items to the new list. We don't require a
3225 * complete match, because even partial match allows ORDER BY to be
3226 * implemented using incremental sort. Also, give up if there are any
3227 * non-sortable GROUP BY items, since then there's no hope anyway.
3228 */
3229 foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
3230 {
3232
3234 continue; /* it matched an ORDER BY item */
3235 if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop)) /* give up, GROUP BY can't be sorted */
3236 return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3238 }
3239
3240 /* Success --- install the rearranged GROUP BY list */
3242 return new_groupclause;
3243}
3244
3245/*
3246 * Extract lists of grouping sets that can be implemented using a single
3247 * rollup-type aggregate pass each. Returns a list of lists of grouping sets.
3248 *
3249 * Input must be sorted with smallest sets first. Result has each sublist
3250 * sorted with smallest sets first.
3251 *
3252 * We want to produce the absolute minimum possible number of lists here to
3253 * avoid excess sorts. Fortunately, there is an algorithm for this; the problem
3254 * of finding the minimal partition of a partially-ordered set into chains
3255 * (which is what we need, taking the list of grouping sets as a poset ordered
3256 * by set inclusion) can be mapped to the problem of finding the maximum
3257 * cardinality matching on a bipartite graph, which is solvable in polynomial
3258 * time with a worst case of no worse than O(n^2.5) and usually much
3259 * better. Since our N is at most 4096, we don't need to consider fallbacks to
3260 * heuristic or approximate methods. (Planning time for a 12-d cube is under
3261 * half a second on my modest system even with optimization off and assertions
3262 * on.)
3263 */
3264static List *
3266{
3267 int num_sets_raw = list_length(groupingSets);
3268 int num_empty = 0;
3269 int num_sets = 0; /* distinct sets */
3270 int num_chains = 0;
3271 List *result = NIL;
3272 List **results;
3273 List **orig_sets;
3275 int *chains;
3276 short **adjacency;
3277 short *adjacency_buf;
3279 int i;
3280 int j;
3281 int j_size;
3282 ListCell *lc1 = list_head(groupingSets);
3283 ListCell *lc;
3284
3285 /*
3286 * Start by stripping out empty sets. The algorithm doesn't require this,
3287 * but the planner currently needs all empty sets to be returned in the
3288 * first list, so we strip them here and add them back after.
3289 */
3290 while (lc1 && lfirst(lc1) == NIL)
3291 {
3292 ++num_empty;
3293 lc1 = lnext(groupingSets, lc1);
3294 }
3295
3296 /* bail out now if it turns out that all we had were empty sets. */
3297 if (!lc1)
3298 return list_make1(groupingSets);
3299
3300 /*----------
3301 * We don't strictly need to remove duplicate sets here, but if we don't,
3302 * they tend to become scattered through the result, which is a bit
3303 * confusing (and irritating if we ever decide to optimize them out).
3304 * So we remove them here and add them back after.
3305 *
3306 * For each non-duplicate set, we fill in the following:
3307 *
3308 * orig_sets[i] = list of the original set lists
3309 * set_masks[i] = bitmapset for testing inclusion
3310 * adjacency[i] = array [n, v1, v2, ... vn] of adjacency indices
3311 *
3312 * chains[i] will be the result group this set is assigned to.
3313 *
3314 * We index all of these from 1 rather than 0 because it is convenient
3315 * to leave 0 free for the NIL node in the graph algorithm.
3316 *----------
3317 */
3318 orig_sets = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(List *));
3319 set_masks = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(Bitmapset *));
3320 adjacency = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short *));
3321 adjacency_buf = palloc((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short));
3322
3323 j_size = 0;
3324 j = 0;
3325 i = 1;
3326
3327 for_each_cell(lc, groupingSets, lc1)
3328 {
3329 List *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
3331 ListCell *lc2;
3332 int dup_of = 0;
3333
3334 foreach(lc2, candidate)
3335 {
3337 }
3338
3339 /* we can only be a dup if we're the same length as a previous set */
3341 {
3342 int k;
3343
3344 for (k = j; k < i; ++k)
3345 {
3347 {
3348 dup_of = k;
3349 break;
3350 }
3351 }
3352 }
3353 else if (j_size < list_length(candidate))
3354 {
3356 j = i;
3357 }
3358
3359 if (dup_of > 0)
3360 {
3363 }
3364 else
3365 {
3366 int k;
3367 int n_adj = 0;
3368
3371
3372 /* fill in adjacency list; no need to compare equal-size sets */
3373
3374 for (k = j - 1; k > 0; --k)
3375 {
3377 adjacency_buf[++n_adj] = k;
3378 }
3379
3380 if (n_adj > 0)
3381 {
3382 adjacency_buf[0] = n_adj;
3383 adjacency[i] = palloc((n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
3384 memcpy(adjacency[i], adjacency_buf, (n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
3385 }
3386 else
3387 adjacency[i] = NULL;
3388
3389 ++i;
3390 }
3391 }
3392
3393 num_sets = i - 1;
3394
3395 /*
3396 * Apply the graph matching algorithm to do the work.
3397 */
3398 state = BipartiteMatch(num_sets, num_sets, adjacency);
3399
3400 /*
3401 * Now, the state->pair* fields have the info we need to assign sets to
3402 * chains. Two sets (u,v) belong to the same chain if pair_uv[u] = v or
3403 * pair_vu[v] = u (both will be true, but we check both so that we can do
3404 * it in one pass)
3405 */
3406 chains = palloc0((num_sets + 1) * sizeof(int));
3407
3408 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3409 {
3410 int u = state->pair_vu[i];
3411 int v = state->pair_uv[i];
3412
3413 if (u > 0 && u < i)
3414 chains[i] = chains[u];
3415 else if (v > 0 && v < i)
3416 chains[i] = chains[v];
3417 else
3418 chains[i] = ++num_chains;
3419 }
3420
3421 /* build result lists. */
3422 results = palloc0((num_chains + 1) * sizeof(List *));
3423
3424 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3425 {
3426 int c = chains[i];
3427
3428 Assert(c > 0);
3429
3430 results[c] = list_concat(results[c], orig_sets[i]);
3431 }
3432
3433 /* push any empty sets back on the first list. */
3434 while (num_empty-- > 0)
3435 results[1] = lcons(NIL, results[1]);
3436
3437 /* make result list */
3438 for (i = 1; i <= num_chains; ++i)
3439 result = lappend(result, results[i]);
3440
3441 /*
3442 * Free all the things.
3443 *
3444 * (This is over-fussy for small sets but for large sets we could have
3445 * tied up a nontrivial amount of memory.)
3446 */
3448 pfree(results);
3449 pfree(chains);
3450 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3451 if (adjacency[i])
3452 pfree(adjacency[i]);
3453 pfree(adjacency);
3456 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3459
3460 return result;
3461}
3462
3463/*
3464 * Reorder the elements of a list of grouping sets such that they have correct
3465 * prefix relationships. Also inserts the GroupingSetData annotations.
3466 *
3467 * The input must be ordered with smallest sets first; the result is returned
3468 * with largest sets first. Note that the result shares no list substructure
3469 * with the input, so it's safe for the caller to modify it later.
3470 *
3471 * If we're passed in a sortclause, we follow its order of columns to the
3472 * extent possible, to minimize the chance that we add unnecessary sorts.
3473 * (We're trying here to ensure that GROUPING SETS ((a,b,c),(c)) ORDER BY c,b,a
3474 * gets implemented in one pass.)
3475 */
3476static List *
3478{
3479 ListCell *lc;
3480 List *previous = NIL;
3481 List *result = NIL;
3482
3483 foreach(lc, groupingSets)
3484 {
3485 List *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
3488
3489 while (list_length(sortclause) > list_length(previous) &&
3490 new_elems != NIL)
3491 {
3493 int ref = sc->tleSortGroupRef;
3494
3496 {
3497 previous = lappend_int(previous, ref);
3499 }
3500 else
3501 {
3502 /* diverged from the sortclause; give up on it */
3503 sortclause = NIL;
3504 break;
3505 }
3506 }
3507
3508 previous = list_concat(previous, new_elems);
3509
3510 gs->set = list_copy(previous);
3511 result = lcons(gs, result);
3512 }
3513
3514 list_free(previous);
3515
3516 return result;
3517}
3518
3519/*
3520 * has_volatile_pathkey
3521 * Returns true if any PathKey in 'keys' has an EquivalenceClass
3522 * containing a volatile function. Otherwise returns false.
3523 */
3524static bool
3526{
3527 ListCell *lc;
3528
3529 foreach(lc, keys)
3530 {
3532
3533 if (pathkey->pk_eclass->ec_has_volatile)
3534 return true;
3535 }
3536
3537 return false;
3538}
3539
3540/*
3541 * adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg
3542 * Add pathkeys to root->group_pathkeys to reflect the best set of
3543 * pre-ordered input for ordered aggregates.
3544 *
3545 * We define "best" as the pathkeys that suit the largest number of
3546 * aggregate functions. We find these by looking at the first ORDER BY /
3547 * DISTINCT aggregate and take the pathkeys for that before searching for
3548 * other aggregates that require the same or a more strict variation of the
3549 * same pathkeys. We then repeat that process for any remaining aggregates
3550 * with different pathkeys and if we find another set of pathkeys that suits a
3551 * larger number of aggregates then we select those pathkeys instead.
3552 *
3553 * When the best pathkeys are found we also mark each Aggref that can use
3554 * those pathkeys as aggpresorted = true.
3555 *
3556 * Note: When an aggregate function's ORDER BY / DISTINCT clause contains any
3557 * volatile functions, we never make use of these pathkeys. We want to ensure
3558 * that sorts using volatile functions are done independently in each Aggref
3559 * rather than once at the query level. If we were to allow this then Aggrefs
3560 * with compatible sort orders would all transition their rows in the same
3561 * order if those pathkeys were deemed to be the best pathkeys to sort on.
3562 * Whereas, if some other set of Aggref's pathkeys happened to be deemed
3563 * better pathkeys to sort on, then the volatile function Aggrefs would be
3564 * left to perform their sorts individually. To avoid this inconsistent
3565 * behavior which could make Aggref results depend on what other Aggrefs the
3566 * query contains, we always force Aggrefs with volatile functions to perform
3567 * their own sorts.
3568 */
3569static void
3571{
3572 List *grouppathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
3576 ListCell *lc;
3577 int i;
3578
3579 /* Shouldn't be here if there are grouping sets */
3580 Assert(root->parse->groupingSets == NIL);
3581 /* Shouldn't be here unless there are some ordered aggregates */
3582 Assert(root->numOrderedAggs > 0);
3583
3584 /* Do nothing if disabled */
3586 return;
3587
3588 /*
3589 * Make a first pass over all AggInfos to collect a Bitmapset containing
3590 * the indexes of all AggInfos to be processed below.
3591 */
3593 foreach(lc, root->agginfos)
3594 {
3596 Aggref *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
3597
3598 if (AGGKIND_IS_ORDERED_SET(aggref->aggkind))
3599 continue;
3600
3601 /* Skip unless there's a DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause */
3602 if (aggref->aggdistinct == NIL && aggref->aggorder == NIL)
3603 continue;
3604
3605 /* Additional safety checks are needed if there's a FILTER clause */
3606 if (aggref->aggfilter != NULL)
3607 {
3608 ListCell *lc2;
3609 bool allow_presort = true;
3610
3611 /*
3612 * When the Aggref has a FILTER clause, it's possible that the
3613 * filter removes rows that cannot be sorted because the
3614 * expression to sort by results in an error during its
3615 * evaluation. This is a problem for presorting as that happens
3616 * before the FILTER, whereas without presorting, the Aggregate
3617 * node will apply the FILTER *before* sorting. So that we never
3618 * try to sort anything that might error, here we aim to skip over
3619 * any Aggrefs with arguments with expressions which, when
3620 * evaluated, could cause an ERROR. Vars and Consts are ok. There
3621 * may be more cases that should be allowed, but more thought
3622 * needs to be given. Err on the side of caution.
3623 */
3624 foreach(lc2, aggref->args)
3625 {
3627 Expr *expr = tle->expr;
3628
3629 while (IsA(expr, RelabelType))
3630 expr = (Expr *) (castNode(RelabelType, expr))->arg;
3631
3632 /* Common case, Vars and Consts are ok */
3633 if (IsA(expr, Var) || IsA(expr, Const))
3634 continue;
3635
3636 /* Unsupported. Don't try to presort for this Aggref */
3637 allow_presort = false;
3638 break;
3639 }
3640
3641 /* Skip unsupported Aggrefs */
3642 if (!allow_presort)
3643 continue;
3644 }
3645
3648 }
3649
3650 /*
3651 * Now process all the unprocessed_aggs to find the best set of pathkeys
3652 * for the given set of aggregates.
3653 *
3654 * On the first outer loop here 'bestaggs' will be empty. We'll populate
3655 * this during the first loop using the pathkeys for the very first
3656 * AggInfo then taking any stronger pathkeys from any other AggInfos with
3657 * a more strict set of compatible pathkeys. Once the outer loop is
3658 * complete, we mark off all the aggregates with compatible pathkeys then
3659 * remove those from the unprocessed_aggs and repeat the process to try to
3660 * find another set of pathkeys that are suitable for a larger number of
3661 * aggregates. The outer loop will stop when there are not enough
3662 * unprocessed aggregates for it to be possible to find a set of pathkeys
3663 * to suit a larger number of aggregates.
3664 */
3665 bestpathkeys = NIL;
3666 bestaggs = NULL;
3668 {
3671
3672 i = -1;
3673 while ((i = bms_next_member(unprocessed_aggs, i)) >= 0)
3674 {
3675 AggInfo *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
3676 Aggref *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
3677 List *sortlist;
3678 List *pathkeys;
3679
3680 if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL)
3681 sortlist = aggref->aggdistinct;
3682 else
3683 sortlist = aggref->aggorder;
3684
3686 aggref->args);
3687
3688 /*
3689 * Ignore Aggrefs which have volatile functions in their ORDER BY
3690 * or DISTINCT clause.
3691 */
3692 if (has_volatile_pathkey(pathkeys))
3693 {
3695 continue;
3696 }
3697
3698 /*
3699 * When not set yet, take the pathkeys from the first unprocessed
3700 * aggregate.
3701 */
3702 if (currpathkeys == NIL)
3703 {
3704 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
3705
3706 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
3707 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
3709 currpathkeys);
3710
3711 /* record that we found pathkeys for this aggregate */
3713 }
3714 else
3715 {
3716 /* now look for a stronger set of matching pathkeys */
3717
3718 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
3719 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
3721 pathkeys);
3722
3723 /* are 'pathkeys' compatible or better than 'currpathkeys'? */
3724 switch (compare_pathkeys(currpathkeys, pathkeys))
3725 {
3726 case PATHKEYS_BETTER2:
3727 /* 'pathkeys' are stronger, use these ones instead */
3728 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
3730
3731 case PATHKEYS_BETTER1:
3732 /* 'pathkeys' are less strict */
3734
3735 case PATHKEYS_EQUAL:
3736 /* mark this aggregate as covered by 'currpathkeys' */
3738 break;
3739
3740 case PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT:
3741 break;
3742 }
3743 }
3744 }
3745
3746 /* remove the aggregates that we've just processed */
3748
3749 /*
3750 * If this pass included more aggregates than the previous best then
3751 * use these ones as the best set.
3752 */
3754 {
3757 }
3758 }
3759
3760 /*
3761 * If we found any ordered aggregates, update root->group_pathkeys to add
3762 * the best set of aggregate pathkeys. Note that bestpathkeys includes
3763 * the original GROUP BY pathkeys already.
3764 */
3765 if (bestpathkeys != NIL)
3766 root->group_pathkeys = bestpathkeys;
3767
3768 /*
3769 * Now that we've found the best set of aggregates we can set the
3770 * presorted flag to indicate to the executor that it needn't bother
3771 * performing a sort for these Aggrefs. We're able to do this now as
3772 * there's no chance of a Hash Aggregate plan as create_grouping_paths
3773 * will not mark the GROUP BY as GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH due to the presence
3774 * of ordered aggregates.
3775 */
3776 i = -1;
3777 while ((i = bms_next_member(bestaggs, i)) >= 0)
3778 {
3779 AggInfo *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
3780
3781 foreach(lc, agginfo->aggrefs)
3782 {
3783 Aggref *aggref = lfirst_node(Aggref, lc);
3784
3785 aggref->aggpresorted = true;
3786 }
3787 }
3788}
3789
3790/*
3791 * Compute query_pathkeys and other pathkeys during plan generation
3792 */
3793static void
3795{
3796 Query *parse = root->parse;
3798 List *tlist = root->processed_tlist;
3799 List *activeWindows = qp_extra->activeWindows;
3800
3801 /*
3802 * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering and/or ordered
3803 * aggregate requirements.
3804 */
3805 if (qp_extra->gset_data)
3806 {
3807 /*
3808 * With grouping sets, just use the first RollupData's groupClause. We
3809 * don't make any effort to optimize grouping clauses when there are
3810 * grouping sets, nor can we combine aggregate ordering keys with
3811 * grouping.
3812 */
3813 List *rollups = qp_extra->gset_data->rollups;
3814 List *groupClause = (rollups ? linitial_node(RollupData, rollups)->groupClause : NIL);
3815
3816 if (grouping_is_sortable(groupClause))
3817 {
3818 bool sortable;
3819
3820 /*
3821 * The groupClause is logically below the grouping step. So if
3822 * there is an RTE entry for the grouping step, we need to remove
3823 * its RT index from the sort expressions before we make PathKeys
3824 * for them.
3825 */
3826 root->group_pathkeys =
3828 &groupClause,
3829 tlist,
3830 false,
3831 parse->hasGroupRTE,
3832 &sortable,
3833 false);
3835 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
3836 }
3837 else
3838 {
3839 root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3840 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3841 }
3842 }
3843 else if (parse->groupClause || root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
3844 {
3845 /*
3846 * With a plain GROUP BY list, we can remove any grouping items that
3847 * are proven redundant by EquivalenceClass processing. For example,
3848 * we can remove y given "WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y". These aren't
3849 * especially common cases, but they're nearly free to detect. Note
3850 * that we remove redundant items from processed_groupClause but not
3851 * the original parse->groupClause.
3852 */
3853 bool sortable;
3854
3855 /*
3856 * Convert group clauses into pathkeys. Set the ec_sortref field of
3857 * EquivalenceClass'es if it's not set yet.
3858 */
3859 root->group_pathkeys =
3861 &root->processed_groupClause,
3862 tlist,
3863 true,
3864 false,
3865 &sortable,
3866 true);
3867 if (!sortable)
3868 {
3869 /* Can't sort; no point in considering aggregate ordering either */
3870 root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3871 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3872 }
3873 else
3874 {
3875 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
3876 /* If we have ordered aggs, consider adding onto group_pathkeys */
3877 if (root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
3879 }
3880 }
3881 else
3882 {
3883 root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3884 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3885 }
3886
3887 /* We consider only the first (bottom) window in pathkeys logic */
3888 if (activeWindows != NIL)
3889 {
3890 WindowClause *wc = linitial_node(WindowClause, activeWindows);
3891
3892 root->window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
3893 wc,
3894 tlist);
3895 }
3896 else
3897 root->window_pathkeys = NIL;
3898
3899 /*
3900 * As with GROUP BY, we can discard any DISTINCT items that are proven
3901 * redundant by EquivalenceClass processing. The non-redundant list is
3902 * kept in root->processed_distinctClause, leaving the original
3903 * parse->distinctClause alone.
3904 */
3905 if (parse->distinctClause)
3906 {
3907 bool sortable;
3908
3909 /* Make a copy since pathkey processing can modify the list */
3910 root->processed_distinctClause = list_copy(parse->distinctClause);
3911 root->distinct_pathkeys =
3913 &root->processed_distinctClause,
3914 tlist,
3915 true,
3916 false,
3917 &sortable,
3918 false);
3919 if (!sortable)
3920 root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
3921 }
3922 else
3923 root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
3924
3925 root->sort_pathkeys =
3927 parse->sortClause,
3928 tlist);
3929
3930 /* setting setop_pathkeys might be useful to the union planner */
3931 if (qp_extra->setop != NULL)
3932 {
3933 List *groupClauses;
3934 bool sortable;
3935
3936 groupClauses = generate_setop_child_grouplist(qp_extra->setop, tlist);
3937
3938 root->setop_pathkeys =
3940 &groupClauses,
3941 tlist,
3942 false,
3943 false,
3944 &sortable,
3945 false);
3946 if (!sortable)
3947 root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
3948 }
3949 else
3950 root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
3951
3952 /*
3953 * Figure out whether we want a sorted result from query_planner.
3954 *
3955 * If we have a sortable GROUP BY clause, then we want a result sorted
3956 * properly for grouping. Otherwise, if we have window functions to
3957 * evaluate, we try to sort for the first window. Otherwise, if there's a
3958 * sortable DISTINCT clause that's more rigorous than the ORDER BY clause,
3959 * we try to produce output that's sufficiently well sorted for the
3960 * DISTINCT. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause, we want to sort
3961 * by the ORDER BY clause. Otherwise, if we're a subquery being planned
3962 * for a set operation which can benefit from presorted results and have a
3963 * sortable targetlist, we want to sort by the target list.
3964 *
3965 * Note: if we have both ORDER BY and GROUP BY, and ORDER BY is a superset
3966 * of GROUP BY, it would be tempting to request sort by ORDER BY --- but
3967 * that might just leave us failing to exploit an available sort order at
3968 * all. Needs more thought. The choice for DISTINCT versus ORDER BY is
3969 * much easier, since we know that the parser ensured that one is a
3970 * superset of the other.
3971 */
3972 if (root->group_pathkeys)
3973 root->query_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
3974 else if (root->window_pathkeys)
3975 root->query_pathkeys = root->window_pathkeys;
3976 else if (list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) >
3977 list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
3978 root->query_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
3979 else if (root->sort_pathkeys)
3980 root->query_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
3981 else if (root->setop_pathkeys != NIL)
3982 root->query_pathkeys = root->setop_pathkeys;
3983 else
3984 root->query_pathkeys = NIL;
3985}
3986
3987/*
3988 * Estimate number of groups produced by grouping clauses (1 if not grouping)
3989 *
3990 * path_rows: number of output rows from scan/join step
3991 * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
3992 * target_list: target list containing group clause references
3993 *
3994 * If doing grouping sets, we also annotate the gsets data with the estimates
3995 * for each set and each individual rollup list, with a view to later
3996 * determining whether some combination of them could be hashed instead.
3997 */
3998static double
4000 double path_rows,
4003{
4004 Query *parse = root->parse;
4005 double dNumGroups;
4006
4007 if (parse->groupClause)
4008 {
4010
4011 if (parse->groupingSets)
4012 {
4013 /* Add up the estimates for each grouping set */
4014 ListCell *lc;
4015
4016 Assert(gd); /* keep Coverity happy */
4017
4018 dNumGroups = 0;
4019
4020 foreach(lc, gd->rollups)
4021 {
4023 ListCell *lc2;
4024 ListCell *lc3;
4025
4027 target_list);
4028
4029 rollup->numGroups = 0.0;
4030
4031 forboth(lc2, rollup->gsets, lc3, rollup->gsets_data)
4032 {
4033 List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
4035 double numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
4036 groupExprs,
4037 path_rows,
4038 &gset,
4039 NULL);
4040
4041 gs->numGroups = numGroups;
4042 rollup->numGroups += numGroups;
4043 }
4044
4045 dNumGroups += rollup->numGroups;
4046 }
4047
4048 if (gd->hash_sets_idx)
4049 {
4050 ListCell *lc2;
4051
4052 gd->dNumHashGroups = 0;
4053
4055 target_list);
4056
4057 forboth(lc, gd->hash_sets_idx, lc2, gd->unsortable_sets)
4058 {
4059 List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
4061 double numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
4062 groupExprs,
4063 path_rows,
4064 &gset,
4065 NULL);
4066
4067 gs->numGroups = numGroups;
4068 gd->dNumHashGroups += numGroups;
4069 }
4070
4071 dNumGroups += gd->dNumHashGroups;
4072 }
4073 }
4074 else
4075 {
4076 /* Plain GROUP BY -- estimate based on optimized groupClause */
4077 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_groupClause,
4078 target_list);
4079
4081 NULL, NULL);
4082 }
4083 }
4084 else if (parse->groupingSets)
4085 {
4086 /* Empty grouping sets ... one result row for each one */
4087 dNumGroups = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
4088 }
4089 else if (parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual)
4090 {
4091 /* Plain aggregation, one result row */
4092 dNumGroups = 1;
4093 }
4094 else
4095 {
4096 /* Not grouping */
4097 dNumGroups = 1;
4098 }
4099
4100 return dNumGroups;
4101}
4102
4103/*
4104 * create_grouping_paths
4105 *
4106 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for grouping and/or aggregation.
4107 * Along the way, we also build an upperrel for Paths which are partially
4108 * grouped and/or aggregated. A partially grouped and/or aggregated path
4109 * needs a FinalizeAggregate node to complete the aggregation. Currently,
4110 * the only partially grouped paths we build are also partial paths; that
4111 * is, they need a Gather and then a FinalizeAggregate.
4112 *
4113 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
4114 * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
4115 * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
4116 *
4117 * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return the target computed
4118 * by make_group_input_target.
4119 */
4120static RelOptInfo *
4123 PathTarget *target,
4124 bool target_parallel_safe,
4126{
4127 Query *parse = root->parse;
4128 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
4131
4132 MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
4134
4135 /*
4136 * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
4137 * aggregation paths.
4138 */
4139 grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, target,
4140 target_parallel_safe, parse->havingQual);
4141
4142 /*
4143 * Create either paths for a degenerate grouping or paths for ordinary
4144 * grouping, as appropriate.
4145 */
4148 else
4149 {
4150 int flags = 0;
4151 GroupPathExtraData extra;
4152
4153 /*
4154 * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based
4155 * implementations of grouping. (Note that if processed_groupClause
4156 * is empty, grouping_is_sortable() is trivially true, and all the
4157 * pathkeys_contained_in() tests will succeed too, so that we'll
4158 * consider every surviving input path.)
4159 *
4160 * If we have grouping sets, we might be able to sort some but not all
4161 * of them; in this case, we need can_sort to be true as long as we
4162 * must consider any sorted-input plan.
4163 */
4164 if ((gd && gd->rollups != NIL)
4165 || grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_groupClause))
4166 flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT;
4167
4168 /*
4169 * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
4170 * grouping.
4171 *
4172 * Hashed aggregation only applies if we're grouping. If we have
4173 * grouping sets, some groups might be hashable but others not; in
4174 * this case we set can_hash true as long as there is nothing globally
4175 * preventing us from hashing (and we should therefore consider plans
4176 * with hashes).
4177 *
4178 * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT or ORDER
4179 * BY aggregates. (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
4180 * values in the hash table, and/or running many sorts in parallel,
4181 * either of which seems like a certain loser.) We similarly don't
4182 * support ordered-set aggregates in hashed aggregation, but that case
4183 * is also included in the numOrderedAggs count.
4184 *
4185 * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than
4186 * the other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
4187 */
4188 if ((parse->groupClause != NIL &&
4189 root->numOrderedAggs == 0 &&
4190 (gd ? gd->any_hashable : grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_groupClause))))
4191 flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH;
4192
4193 /*
4194 * Determine whether partial aggregation is possible.
4195 */
4196 if (can_partial_agg(root))
4197 flags |= GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG;
4198
4199 extra.flags = flags;
4200 extra.target_parallel_safe = target_parallel_safe;
4201 extra.havingQual = parse->havingQual;
4202 extra.targetList = parse->targetList;
4203 extra.partial_costs_set = false;
4204
4205 /*
4206 * Determine whether partitionwise aggregation is in theory possible.
4207 * It can be disabled by the user, and for now, we don't try to
4208 * support grouping sets. create_ordinary_grouping_paths() will check
4209 * additional conditions, such as whether input_rel is partitioned.
4210 */
4211 if (enable_partitionwise_aggregate && !parse->groupingSets)
4213 else
4215
4217 &agg_costs, gd, &extra,
4219 }
4220
4221 set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
4222 return grouped_rel;
4223}
4224
4225/*
4226 * make_grouping_rel
4227 *
4228 * Create a new grouping rel and set basic properties.
4229 *
4230 * input_rel represents the underlying scan/join relation.
4231 * target is the output expected from the grouping relation.
4232 */
4233static RelOptInfo *
4235 PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
4236 Node *havingQual)
4237{
4238 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
4239
4241 {
4243 input_rel->relids);
4244 grouped_rel->reloptkind = RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL;
4245 }
4246 else
4247 {
4248 /*
4249 * By tradition, the relids set for the main grouping relation is
4250 * NULL. (This could be changed, but might require adjustments
4251 * elsewhere.)
4252 */
4254 }
4255
4256 /* Set target. */
4257 grouped_rel->reltarget = target;
4258
4259 /*
4260 * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the grouped relation
4261 * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
4262 * target list and HAVING quals are parallel-safe.
4263 */
4264 if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe &&
4265 is_parallel_safe(root, havingQual))
4266 grouped_rel->consider_parallel = true;
4267
4268 /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed */
4269 grouped_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
4270
4271 /*
4272 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the grouped rel.
4273 */
4274 grouped_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
4275 grouped_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
4276 grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
4277 grouped_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
4278
4279 return grouped_rel;
4280}
4281
4282/*
4283 * is_degenerate_grouping
4284 *
4285 * A degenerate grouping is one in which the query has a HAVING qual and/or
4286 * grouping sets, but no aggregates and no GROUP BY (which implies that the
4287 * grouping sets are all empty).
4288 */
4289static bool
4291{
4292 Query *parse = root->parse;
4293
4294 return (root->hasHavingQual || parse->groupingSets) &&
4295 !parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL;
4296}
4297
4298/*
4299 * create_degenerate_grouping_paths
4300 *
4301 * When the grouping is degenerate (see is_degenerate_grouping), we are
4302 * supposed to emit either zero or one row for each grouping set depending on
4303 * whether HAVING succeeds. Furthermore, there cannot be any variables in
4304 * either HAVING or the targetlist, so we actually do not need the FROM table
4305 * at all! We can just throw away the plan-so-far and generate a Result node.
4306 * This is a sufficiently unusual corner case that it's not worth contorting
4307 * the structure of this module to avoid having to generate the earlier paths
4308 * in the first place.
4309 */
4310static void
4312 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
4313{
4314 Query *parse = root->parse;
4315 int nrows;
4316 Path *path;
4317
4318 nrows = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
4319 if (nrows > 1)
4320 {
4321 /*
4322 * Doesn't seem worthwhile writing code to cons up a generate_series
4323 * or a values scan to emit multiple rows. Instead just make N clones
4324 * and append them. (With a volatile HAVING clause, this means you
4325 * might get between 0 and N output rows. Offhand I think that's
4326 * desired.)
4327 */
4328 AppendPathInput append = {0};
4329
4330 while (--nrows >= 0)
4331 {
4332 path = (Path *)
4333 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
4334 grouped_rel->reltarget,
4335 (List *) parse->havingQual);
4336 append.subpaths = lappend(append.subpaths, path);
4337 }
4338 path = (Path *)
4340 grouped_rel,
4341 append,
4342 NIL,
4343 NULL,
4344 0,
4345 false,
4346 -1);
4347 }
4348 else
4349 {
4350 /* No grouping sets, or just one, so one output row */
4351 path = (Path *)
4352 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
4353 grouped_rel->reltarget,
4354 (List *) parse->havingQual);
4355 }
4356
4357 add_path(grouped_rel, path);
4358}
4359
4360/*
4361 * create_ordinary_grouping_paths
4362 *
4363 * Create grouping paths for the ordinary (that is, non-degenerate) case.
4364 *
4365 * We need to consider sorted and hashed aggregation in the same function,
4366 * because otherwise (1) it would be harder to throw an appropriate error
4367 * message if neither way works, and (2) we should not allow hashtable size
4368 * considerations to dissuade us from using hashing if sorting is not possible.
4369 *
4370 * *partially_grouped_rel_p will be set to the partially grouped rel which this
4371 * function creates, or to NULL if it doesn't create one.
4372 */
4373static void
4375 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
4378 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
4380{
4383
4384 /*
4385 * If this is the topmost grouping relation or if the parent relation is
4386 * doing some form of partitionwise aggregation, then we may be able to do
4387 * it at this level also. However, if the input relation is not
4388 * partitioned, partitionwise aggregate is impossible.
4389 */
4390 if (extra->patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE &&
4392 {
4393 /*
4394 * If this is the topmost relation or if the parent relation is doing
4395 * full partitionwise aggregation, then we can do full partitionwise
4396 * aggregation provided that the GROUP BY clause contains all of the
4397 * partitioning columns at this level and the collation used by GROUP
4398 * BY matches the partitioning collation. Otherwise, we can do at
4399 * most partial partitionwise aggregation. But if partial aggregation
4400 * is not supported in general then we can't use it for partitionwise
4401 * aggregation either.
4402 *
4403 * Check parse->groupClause not processed_groupClause, because it's
4404 * okay if some of the partitioning columns were proved redundant.
4405 */
4406 if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL &&
4408 root->parse->groupClause))
4410 else if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
4412 else
4414 }
4415
4416 /*
4417 * Before generating paths for grouped_rel, we first generate any possible
4418 * partially grouped paths; that way, later code can easily consider both
4419 * parallel and non-parallel approaches to grouping.
4420 */
4421 if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
4422 {
4423 bool force_rel_creation;
4424
4425 /*
4426 * If we're doing partitionwise aggregation at this level, force
4427 * creation of a partially_grouped_rel so we can add partitionwise
4428 * paths to it.
4429 */
4431
4434 grouped_rel,
4435 input_rel,
4436 gd,
4437 extra,
4439 }
4440
4441 /* Set out parameter. */
4443
4444 /* Apply partitionwise aggregation technique, if possible. */
4445 if (patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE)
4448 gd, patype, extra);
4449
4450 /* If we are doing partial aggregation only, return. */
4452 {
4454
4455 if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
4457
4458 return;
4459 }
4460
4461 /* Gather any partially grouped partial paths. */
4462 if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->partial_pathlist)
4464
4465 /* Now choose the best path(s) for partially_grouped_rel. */
4468
4469 /* Build final grouping paths */
4472 extra);
4473
4474 /* Give a helpful error if we failed to find any implementation */
4475 if (grouped_rel->pathlist == NIL)
4476 ereport(ERROR,
4478 errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
4479 errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
4480
4481 /*
4482 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
4483 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
4484 */
4485 if (grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
4486 grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
4487 grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4488 input_rel, grouped_rel,
4489 extra);
4490
4491 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
4493 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4494 input_rel, grouped_rel,
4495 extra);
4496}
4497
4498/*
4499 * For a given input path, consider the possible ways of doing grouping sets on
4500 * it, by combinations of hashing and sorting. This can be called multiple
4501 * times, so it's important that it not scribble on input. No result is
4502 * returned, but any generated paths are added to grouped_rel.
4503 */
4504static void
4506 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
4507 Path *path,
4508 bool is_sorted,
4509 bool can_hash,
4512 double dNumGroups)
4513{
4514 Query *parse = root->parse;
4515 Size hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit();
4516
4517 /*
4518 * If we're not being offered sorted input, then only consider plans that
4519 * can be done entirely by hashing.
4520 *
4521 * We can hash everything if it looks like it'll fit in hash_mem. But if
4522 * the input is actually sorted despite not being advertised as such, we
4523 * prefer to make use of that in order to use less memory.
4524 *
4525 * If none of the grouping sets are sortable, then ignore the hash_mem
4526 * limit and generate a path anyway, since otherwise we'll just fail.
4527 */
4528 if (!is_sorted)
4529 {
4530 List *new_rollups = NIL;
4532 List *sets_data;
4534 List *empty_sets = NIL;
4535 ListCell *lc;
4536 ListCell *l_start = list_head(gd->rollups);
4538 double hashsize;
4539 double exclude_groups = 0.0;
4540
4542
4543 /*
4544 * If the input is coincidentally sorted usefully (which can happen
4545 * even if is_sorted is false, since that only means that our caller
4546 * has set up the sorting for us), then save some hashtable space by
4547 * making use of that. But we need to watch out for degenerate cases:
4548 *
4549 * 1) If there are any empty grouping sets, then group_pathkeys might
4550 * be NIL if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable. In this case,
4551 * there will be a rollup containing only empty groups, and the
4552 * pathkeys_contained_in test is vacuously true; this is ok.
4553 *
4554 * XXX: the above relies on the fact that group_pathkeys is generated
4555 * from the first rollup. If we add the ability to consider multiple
4556 * sort orders for grouping input, this assumption might fail.
4557 *
4558 * 2) If there are no empty sets and only unsortable sets, then the
4559 * rollups list will be empty (and thus l_start == NULL), and
4560 * group_pathkeys will be NIL; we must ensure that the vacuously-true
4561 * pathkeys_contained_in test doesn't cause us to crash.
4562 */
4563 if (l_start != NULL &&
4564 pathkeys_contained_in(root->group_pathkeys, path->pathkeys))
4565 {
4567 exclude_groups = unhashed_rollup->numGroups;
4568 l_start = lnext(gd->rollups, l_start);
4569 }
4570
4572 path,
4573 agg_costs,
4575
4576 /*
4577 * gd->rollups is empty if we have only unsortable columns to work
4578 * with. Override hash_mem in that case; otherwise, we'll rely on the
4579 * sorted-input case to generate usable mixed paths.
4580 */
4581 if (hashsize > hash_mem_limit && gd->rollups)
4582 return; /* nope, won't fit */
4583
4584 /*
4585 * We need to burst the existing rollups list into individual grouping
4586 * sets and recompute a groupClause for each set.
4587 */
4588 sets_data = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
4589
4590 for_each_cell(lc, gd->rollups, l_start)
4591 {
4593
4594 /*
4595 * If we find an unhashable rollup that's not been skipped by the
4596 * "actually sorted" check above, we can't cope; we'd need sorted
4597 * input (with a different sort order) but we can't get that here.
4598 * So bail out; we'll get a valid path from the is_sorted case
4599 * instead.
4600 *
4601 * The mere presence of empty grouping sets doesn't make a rollup
4602 * unhashable (see preprocess_grouping_sets), we handle those
4603 * specially below.
4604 */
4605 if (!rollup->hashable)
4606 return;
4607
4608 sets_data = list_concat(sets_data, rollup->gsets_data);
4609 }
4610 foreach(lc, sets_data)
4611 {
4613 List *gset = gs->set;
4615
4616 if (gset == NIL)
4617 {
4618 /* Empty grouping sets can't be hashed. */
4621 }
4622 else
4623 {
4625
4626 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gset);
4627 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
4628 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
4629 rollup->gsets_data,
4630 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
4631 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
4632 rollup->hashable = true;
4633 rollup->is_hashed = true;
4635 }
4636 }
4637
4638 /*
4639 * If we didn't find anything nonempty to hash, then bail. We'll
4640 * generate a path from the is_sorted case.
4641 */
4642 if (new_rollups == NIL)
4643 return;
4644
4645 /*
4646 * If there were empty grouping sets they should have been in the
4647 * first rollup.
4648 */
4650
4651 if (unhashed_rollup)
4652 {
4654 strat = AGG_MIXED;
4655 }
4656 else if (empty_sets)
4657 {
4659
4660 rollup->groupClause = NIL;
4661 rollup->gsets_data = empty_sets_data;
4662 rollup->gsets = empty_sets;
4663 rollup->numGroups = list_length(empty_sets);
4664 rollup->hashable = false;
4665 rollup->is_hashed = false;
4667 strat = AGG_MIXED;
4668 }
4669
4670 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4672 grouped_rel,
4673 path,
4674 (List *) parse->havingQual,
4675 strat,
4677 agg_costs));
4678 return;
4679 }
4680
4681 /*
4682 * If we have sorted input but nothing we can do with it, bail.
4683 */
4684 if (gd->rollups == NIL)
4685 return;
4686
4687 /*
4688 * Given sorted input, we try and make two paths: one sorted and one mixed
4689 * sort/hash. (We need to try both because hashagg might be disabled, or
4690 * some columns might not be sortable.)
4691 *
4692 * can_hash is passed in as false if some obstacle elsewhere (such as
4693 * ordered aggs) means that we shouldn't consider hashing at all.
4694 */
4695 if (can_hash && gd->any_hashable)
4696 {
4697 List *rollups = NIL;
4698 List *hash_sets = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
4699 double availspace = hash_mem_limit;
4700 ListCell *lc;
4701
4702 /*
4703 * Account first for space needed for groups we can't sort at all.
4704 */
4706 path,
4707 agg_costs,
4708 gd->dNumHashGroups);
4709
4710 if (availspace > 0 && list_length(gd->rollups) > 1)
4711 {
4712 double scale;
4713 int num_rollups = list_length(gd->rollups);
4714 int k_capacity;
4715 int *k_weights = palloc(num_rollups * sizeof(int));
4717 int i;
4718
4719 /*
4720 * We treat this as a knapsack problem: the knapsack capacity
4721 * represents hash_mem, the item weights are the estimated memory
4722 * usage of the hashtables needed to implement a single rollup,
4723 * and we really ought to use the cost saving as the item value;
4724 * however, currently the costs assigned to sort nodes don't
4725 * reflect the comparison costs well, and so we treat all items as
4726 * of equal value (each rollup we hash instead saves us one sort).
4727 *
4728 * To use the discrete knapsack, we need to scale the values to a
4729 * reasonably small bounded range. We choose to allow a 5% error
4730 * margin; we have no more than 4096 rollups in the worst possible
4731 * case, which with a 5% error margin will require a bit over 42MB
4732 * of workspace. (Anyone wanting to plan queries that complex had
4733 * better have the memory for it. In more reasonable cases, with
4734 * no more than a couple of dozen rollups, the memory usage will
4735 * be negligible.)
4736 *
4737 * k_capacity is naturally bounded, but we clamp the values for
4738 * scale and weight (below) to avoid overflows or underflows (or
4739 * uselessly trying to use a scale factor less than 1 byte).
4740 */
4741 scale = Max(availspace / (20.0 * num_rollups), 1.0);
4743
4744 /*
4745 * We leave the first rollup out of consideration since it's the
4746 * one that matches the input sort order. We assign indexes "i"
4747 * to only those entries considered for hashing; the second loop,
4748 * below, must use the same condition.
4749 */
4750 i = 0;
4751 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
4752 {
4754
4755 if (rollup->hashable)
4756 {
4758 path,
4759 agg_costs,
4760 rollup->numGroups);
4761
4762 /*
4763 * If sz is enormous, but hash_mem (and hence scale) is
4764 * small, avoid integer overflow here.
4765 */
4766 k_weights[i] = (int) Min(floor(sz / scale),
4767 k_capacity + 1.0);
4768 ++i;
4769 }
4770 }
4771
4772 /*
4773 * Apply knapsack algorithm; compute the set of items which
4774 * maximizes the value stored (in this case the number of sorts
4775 * saved) while keeping the total size (approximately) within
4776 * capacity.
4777 */
4778 if (i > 0)
4780
4782 {
4783 rollups = list_make1(linitial(gd->rollups));
4784
4785 i = 0;
4786 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
4787 {
4789
4790 if (rollup->hashable)
4791 {
4794 rollup->gsets_data);
4795 else
4796 rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
4797 ++i;
4798 }
4799 else
4800 rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
4801 }
4802 }
4803 }
4804
4805 if (!rollups && hash_sets)
4806 rollups = list_copy(gd->rollups);
4807
4808 foreach(lc, hash_sets)
4809 {
4812
4813 Assert(gs->set != NIL);
4814
4815 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
4816 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
4817 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
4818 rollup->gsets_data,
4819 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
4820 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
4821 rollup->hashable = true;
4822 rollup->is_hashed = true;
4823 rollups = lcons(rollup, rollups);
4824 }
4825
4826 if (rollups)
4827 {
4828 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4830 grouped_rel,
4831 path,
4832 (List *) parse->havingQual,
4833 AGG_MIXED,
4834 rollups,
4835 agg_costs));
4836 }
4837 }
4838
4839 /*
4840 * Now try the simple sorted case.
4841 */
4842 if (!gd->unsortable_sets)
4843 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4845 grouped_rel,
4846 path,
4847 (List *) parse->havingQual,
4848 AGG_SORTED,
4849 gd->rollups,
4850 agg_costs));
4851}
4852
4853/*
4854 * create_window_paths
4855 *
4856 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for window-function evaluation.
4857 *
4858 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
4859 * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
4860 * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
4861 * wflists: result of find_window_functions
4862 * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
4863 *
4864 * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return input_target.
4865 */
4866static RelOptInfo *
4873 List *activeWindows)
4874{
4876 ListCell *lc;
4877
4878 /* For now, do all work in the (WINDOW, NULL) upperrel */
4880
4881 /*
4882 * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the window relation
4883 * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, we need to examine the
4884 * target list and active windows for non-parallel-safe constructs.
4885 */
4886 if (input_rel->consider_parallel && output_target_parallel_safe &&
4887 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) activeWindows))
4888 window_rel->consider_parallel = true;
4889
4890 /*
4891 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the window rel.
4892 */
4893 window_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
4894 window_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
4895 window_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
4896 window_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
4897
4898 /*
4899 * Consider computing window functions starting from the existing
4900 * cheapest-total path (which will likely require a sort) as well as any
4901 * existing paths that satisfy or partially satisfy root->window_pathkeys.
4902 */
4903 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
4904 {
4905 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
4906 int presorted_keys;
4907
4908 if (path == input_rel->cheapest_total_path ||
4909 pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->window_pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
4910 &presorted_keys) ||
4911 presorted_keys > 0)
4913 window_rel,
4914 path,
4917 wflists,
4918 activeWindows);
4919 }
4920
4921 /*
4922 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
4923 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
4924 */
4925 if (window_rel->fdwroutine &&
4926 window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
4927 window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
4929 NULL);
4930
4931 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
4933 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
4935
4936 /* Now choose the best path(s) */
4938
4939 return window_rel;
4940}
4941
4942/*
4943 * Stack window-function implementation steps atop the given Path, and
4944 * add the result to window_rel.
4945 *
4946 * window_rel: upperrel to contain result
4947 * path: input Path to use (must return input_target)
4948 * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
4949 * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
4950 * wflists: result of find_window_functions
4951 * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
4952 */
4953static void
4956 Path *path,
4960 List *activeWindows)
4961{
4963 ListCell *l;
4964 List *topqual = NIL;
4965
4966 /*
4967 * Since each window clause could require a different sort order, we stack
4968 * up a WindowAgg node for each clause, with sort steps between them as
4969 * needed. (We assume that select_active_windows chose a good order for
4970 * executing the clauses in.)
4971 *
4972 * input_target should contain all Vars and Aggs needed for the result.
4973 * (In some cases we wouldn't need to propagate all of these all the way
4974 * to the top, since they might only be needed as inputs to WindowFuncs.
4975 * It's probably not worth trying to optimize that though.) It must also
4976 * contain all window partitioning and sorting expressions, to ensure
4977 * they're computed only once at the bottom of the stack (that's critical
4978 * for volatile functions). As we climb up the stack, we'll add outputs
4979 * for the WindowFuncs computed at each level.
4980 */
4982
4983 foreach(l, activeWindows)
4984 {
4986 List *window_pathkeys;
4987 List *runcondition = NIL;
4988 int presorted_keys;
4989 bool is_sorted;
4990 bool topwindow;
4991 ListCell *lc2;
4992
4993 window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
4994 wc,
4995 root->processed_tlist);
4996
4997 is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(window_pathkeys,
4998 path->pathkeys,
4999 &presorted_keys);
5000
5001 /* Sort if necessary */
5002 if (!is_sorted)
5003 {
5004 /*
5005 * No presorted keys or incremental sort disabled, just perform a
5006 * complete sort.
5007 */
5008 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5010 path,
5011 window_pathkeys,
5012 -1.0);
5013 else
5014 {
5015 /*
5016 * Since we have presorted keys and incremental sort is
5017 * enabled, just use incremental sort.
5018 */
5020 window_rel,
5021 path,
5022 window_pathkeys,
5023 presorted_keys,
5024 -1.0);
5025 }
5026 }
5027
5028 if (lnext(activeWindows, l))
5029 {
5030 /*
5031 * Add the current WindowFuncs to the output target for this
5032 * intermediate WindowAggPath. We must copy window_target to
5033 * avoid changing the previous path's target.
5034 *
5035 * Note: a WindowFunc adds nothing to the target's eval costs; but
5036 * we do need to account for the increase in tlist width.
5037 */
5039
5041 foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
5042 {
5044
5046 tuple_width += get_typavgwidth(wfunc->wintype, -1);
5047 }
5049 }
5050 else
5051 {
5052 /* Install the goal target in the topmost WindowAgg */
5054 }
5055
5056 /* mark the final item in the list as the top-level window */
5057 topwindow = foreach_current_index(l) == list_length(activeWindows) - 1;
5058
5059 /*
5060 * Collect the WindowFuncRunConditions from each WindowFunc and
5061 * convert them into OpExprs
5062 */
5063 foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
5064 {
5065 ListCell *lc3;
5067
5068 foreach(lc3, wfunc->runCondition)
5069 {
5072 Expr *opexpr;
5073 Expr *leftop;
5074 Expr *rightop;
5075
5076 if (wfuncrc->wfunc_left)
5077 {
5078 leftop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
5079 rightop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
5080 }
5081 else
5082 {
5083 leftop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
5084 rightop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
5085 }
5086
5087 opexpr = make_opclause(wfuncrc->opno,
5088 BOOLOID,
5089 false,
5090 leftop,
5091 rightop,
5092 InvalidOid,
5093 wfuncrc->inputcollid);
5094
5095 runcondition = lappend(runcondition, opexpr);
5096
5097 if (!topwindow)
5098 topqual = lappend(topqual, opexpr);
5099 }
5100 }
5101
5102 path = (Path *)
5104 wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref],
5105 runcondition, wc,
5106 topwindow ? topqual : NIL, topwindow);
5107 }
5108
5109 add_path(window_rel, path);
5110}
5111
5112/*
5113 * create_distinct_paths
5114 *
5115 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for SELECT DISTINCT evaluation.
5116 *
5117 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
5118 * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
5119 *
5120 * Note: input paths should already compute the desired pathtarget, since
5121 * Sort/Unique won't project anything.
5122 */
5123static RelOptInfo *
5125 PathTarget *target)
5126{
5128
5129 /* For now, do all work in the (DISTINCT, NULL) upperrel */
5131
5132 /*
5133 * We don't compute anything at this level, so distinct_rel will be
5134 * parallel-safe if the input rel is parallel-safe. In particular, if
5135 * there is a DISTINCT ON (...) clause, any path for the input_rel will
5136 * output those expressions, and will not be parallel-safe unless those
5137 * expressions are parallel-safe.
5138 */
5139 distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
5140
5141 /*
5142 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the distinct_rel.
5143 */
5144 distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5145 distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5146 distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5147 distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5148
5149 /* build distinct paths based on input_rel's pathlist */
5151
5152 /* now build distinct paths based on input_rel's partial_pathlist */
5154
5155 /* Give a helpful error if we failed to create any paths */
5156 if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
5157 ereport(ERROR,
5159 errmsg("could not implement DISTINCT"),
5160 errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
5161
5162 /*
5163 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5164 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5165 */
5166 if (distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
5167 distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5168 distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
5170 input_rel,
5172 NULL);
5173
5174 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
5176 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, input_rel,
5178
5179 /* Now choose the best path(s) */
5181
5182 return distinct_rel;
5183}
5184
5185/*
5186 * create_partial_distinct_paths
5187 *
5188 * Process 'input_rel' partial paths and add unique/aggregate paths to the
5189 * UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT rel. For paths created, add Gather/GatherMerge
5190 * paths on top and add a final unique/aggregate path to remove any duplicate
5191 * produced from combining rows from parallel workers.
5192 */
5193static void
5196 PathTarget *target)
5197{
5199 Query *parse;
5201 double numDistinctRows;
5203 ListCell *lc;
5204
5205 /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
5206 if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
5207 return;
5208
5209 parse = root->parse;
5210
5211 /* can't do parallel DISTINCT ON */
5212 if (parse->hasDistinctOn)
5213 return;
5214
5216 NULL);
5217 partial_distinct_rel->reltarget = target;
5218 partial_distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
5219
5220 /*
5221 * If input_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the partial_distinct_rel.
5222 */
5223 partial_distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5224 partial_distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5225 partial_distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5226 partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5227
5228 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
5229
5230 distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
5231 parse->targetList);
5232
5233 /* estimate how many distinct rows we'll get from each worker */
5236 NULL, NULL);
5237
5238 /*
5239 * Try sorting the cheapest path and incrementally sorting any paths with
5240 * presorted keys and put a unique paths atop of those. We'll also
5241 * attempt to reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's
5242 * pathkeys as much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to
5243 * re-sort.
5244 */
5245 if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5246 {
5247 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
5248 {
5249 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5252
5255 root->distinct_pathkeys,
5256 input_path->pathkeys);
5258
5260 {
5263 input_path,
5266 -1.0);
5267
5268 if (sorted_path == NULL)
5269 continue;
5270
5271 /*
5272 * An empty distinct_pathkeys means all tuples have the same
5273 * value for the DISTINCT clause. See
5274 * create_final_distinct_paths()
5275 */
5276 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
5277 {
5278 Node *limitCount;
5279
5280 limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
5281 sizeof(int64),
5282 Int64GetDatum(1), false,
5283 true);
5284
5285 /*
5286 * Apply a LimitPath onto the partial path to restrict the
5287 * tuples from each worker to 1.
5288 * create_final_distinct_paths will need to apply an
5289 * additional LimitPath to restrict this to a single row
5290 * after the Gather node. If the query already has a
5291 * LIMIT clause, then we could end up with three Limit
5292 * nodes in the final plan. Consolidating the top two of
5293 * these could be done, but does not seem worth troubling
5294 * over.
5295 */
5299 NULL,
5300 limitCount,
5302 0, 1));
5303 }
5304 else
5305 {
5309 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
5311 }
5312 }
5313 }
5314 }
5315
5316 /*
5317 * Now try hash aggregate paths, if enabled and hashing is possible. Since
5318 * we're not on the hook to ensure we do our best to create at least one
5319 * path here, we treat enable_hashagg as a hard off-switch rather than the
5320 * slightly softer variant in create_final_distinct_paths.
5321 */
5322 if (enable_hashagg && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5323 {
5328 cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
5329 AGG_HASHED,
5331 root->processed_distinctClause,
5332 NIL,
5333 NULL,
5335 }
5336
5337 /*
5338 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5339 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5340 */
5341 if (partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
5342 partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5343 partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
5345 input_rel,
5347 NULL);
5348
5349 /* Let extensions possibly add some more partial paths */
5351 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
5353
5354 if (partial_distinct_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
5355 {
5358
5359 /*
5360 * Finally, create paths to distinctify the final result. This step
5361 * is needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from
5362 * parallel workers.
5363 */
5366 }
5367}
5368
5369/*
5370 * create_final_distinct_paths
5371 * Create distinct paths in 'distinct_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
5372 *
5373 * input_rel: contains the source-data paths
5374 * distinct_rel: destination relation for storing created paths
5375 */
5376static RelOptInfo *
5379{
5380 Query *parse = root->parse;
5381 Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
5382 double numDistinctRows;
5383 bool allow_hash;
5384
5385 /* Estimate number of distinct rows there will be */
5386 if (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets || parse->hasAggs ||
5387 root->hasHavingQual)
5388 {
5389 /*
5390 * If there was grouping or aggregation, use the number of input rows
5391 * as the estimated number of DISTINCT rows (ie, assume the input is
5392 * already mostly unique).
5393 */
5395 }
5396 else
5397 {
5398 /*
5399 * Otherwise, the UNIQUE filter has effects comparable to GROUP BY.
5400 */
5402
5403 distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
5404 parse->targetList);
5406 cheapest_input_path->rows,
5407 NULL, NULL);
5408 }
5409
5410 /*
5411 * Consider sort-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
5412 */
5413 if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5414 {
5415 /*
5416 * Firstly, if we have any adequately-presorted paths, just stick a
5417 * Unique node on those. We also, consider doing an explicit sort of
5418 * the cheapest input path and Unique'ing that. If any paths have
5419 * presorted keys then we'll create an incremental sort atop of those
5420 * before adding a unique node on the top. We'll also attempt to
5421 * reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's pathkeys as
5422 * much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to re-sort.
5423 *
5424 * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must sort by the more rigorous of
5425 * DISTINCT and ORDER BY, else it won't have the desired behavior.
5426 * Also, if we do have to do an explicit sort, we might as well use
5427 * the more rigorous ordering to avoid a second sort later. (Note
5428 * that the parser will have ensured that one clause is a prefix of
5429 * the other.)
5430 */
5432 ListCell *lc;
5433 double limittuples = root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL ? 1.0 : -1.0;
5434
5435 if (parse->hasDistinctOn &&
5436 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) <
5437 list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
5438 needed_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
5439 else
5440 needed_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
5441
5442 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
5443 {
5444 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5447
5451 input_path->pathkeys);
5453
5455 {
5458 input_path,
5461 limittuples);
5462
5463 if (sorted_path == NULL)
5464 continue;
5465
5466 /*
5467 * distinct_pathkeys may have become empty if all of the
5468 * pathkeys were determined to be redundant. If all of the
5469 * pathkeys are redundant then each DISTINCT target must only
5470 * allow a single value, therefore all resulting tuples must
5471 * be identical (or at least indistinguishable by an equality
5472 * check). We can uniquify these tuples simply by just taking
5473 * the first tuple. All we do here is add a path to do "LIMIT
5474 * 1" atop of 'sorted_path'. When doing a DISTINCT ON we may
5475 * still have a non-NIL sort_pathkeys list, so we must still
5476 * only do this with paths which are correctly sorted by
5477 * sort_pathkeys.
5478 */
5479 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
5480 {
5481 Node *limitCount;
5482
5483 limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
5484 sizeof(int64),
5485 Int64GetDatum(1), false,
5486 true);
5487
5488 /*
5489 * If the query already has a LIMIT clause, then we could
5490 * end up with a duplicate LimitPath in the final plan.
5491 * That does not seem worth troubling over too much.
5492 */
5495 NULL, limitCount,
5496 LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT, 0, 1));
5497 }
5498 else
5499 {
5503 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
5505 }
5506 }
5507 }
5508 }
5509
5510 /*
5511 * Consider hash-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
5512 *
5513 * If we were not able to make any other types of path, we *must* hash or
5514 * die trying. If we do have other choices, there are two things that
5515 * should prevent selection of hashing: if the query uses DISTINCT ON
5516 * (because it won't really have the expected behavior if we hash), or if
5517 * enable_hashagg is off.
5518 *
5519 * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than the
5520 * other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
5521 */
5522 if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
5523 allow_hash = true; /* we have no alternatives */
5524 else if (parse->hasDistinctOn || !enable_hashagg)
5525 allow_hash = false; /* policy-based decision not to hash */
5526 else
5527 allow_hash = true; /* default */
5528
5529 if (allow_hash && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5530 {
5531 /* Generate hashed aggregate path --- no sort needed */
5536 cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
5537 AGG_HASHED,
5539 root->processed_distinctClause,
5540 NIL,
5541 NULL,
5543 }
5544
5545 return distinct_rel;
5546}
5547
5548/*
5549 * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct
5550 * Get useful orderings of pathkeys for distinctClause by reordering
5551 * 'needed_pathkeys' to match the given 'path_pathkeys' as much as possible.
5552 *
5553 * This returns a list of pathkeys that can be useful for DISTINCT or DISTINCT
5554 * ON clause. For convenience, it always includes the given 'needed_pathkeys'.
5555 */
5556static List *
5559{
5562
5563 /* always include the given 'needed_pathkeys' */
5566
5568 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5569
5570 /*
5571 * Scan the given 'path_pathkeys' and construct a list of PathKey nodes
5572 * that match 'needed_pathkeys', but only up to the longest matching
5573 * prefix.
5574 *
5575 * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey
5576 * list matches initial distinctClause pathkeys; otherwise, it won't have
5577 * the desired behavior.
5578 */
5580 {
5581 /*
5582 * The PathKey nodes are canonical, so they can be checked for
5583 * equality by simple pointer comparison.
5584 */
5586 break;
5587 if (root->parse->hasDistinctOn &&
5588 !list_member_ptr(root->distinct_pathkeys, pathkey))
5589 break;
5590
5592 }
5593
5594 /* If no match at all, no point in reordering needed_pathkeys */
5595 if (useful_pathkeys == NIL)
5596 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5597
5598 /*
5599 * If not full match, the resulting pathkey list is not useful without
5600 * incremental sort.
5601 */
5604 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5605
5606 /* Append the remaining PathKey nodes in needed_pathkeys */
5609
5610 /*
5611 * If the resulting pathkey list is the same as the 'needed_pathkeys',
5612 * just drop it.
5613 */
5616 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5617
5620
5621 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5622}
5623
5624/*
5625 * create_ordered_paths
5626 *
5627 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for ORDER BY evaluation.
5628 *
5629 * All paths in the result must satisfy the ORDER BY ordering.
5630 * The only new paths we need consider are an explicit full sort
5631 * and incremental sort on the cheapest-total existing path.
5632 *
5633 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
5634 * target: the output tlist the result Paths must emit
5635 * limit_tuples: estimated bound on the number of output tuples,
5636 * or -1 if no LIMIT or couldn't estimate
5637 *
5638 * XXX This only looks at sort_pathkeys. I wonder if it needs to look at the
5639 * other pathkeys (grouping, ...) like generate_useful_gather_paths.
5640 */
5641static RelOptInfo *
5644 PathTarget *target,
5645 bool target_parallel_safe,
5646 double limit_tuples)
5647{
5648 Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
5650 ListCell *lc;
5651
5652 /* For now, do all work in the (ORDERED, NULL) upperrel */
5654
5655 /*
5656 * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the ordered relation
5657 * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
5658 * target list is parallel-safe.
5659 */
5660 if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe)
5661 ordered_rel->consider_parallel = true;
5662
5663 /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed. */
5664 ordered_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
5665
5666 /*
5667 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the ordered_rel.
5668 */
5669 ordered_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5670 ordered_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5671 ordered_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5672 ordered_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5673
5674 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
5675 {
5676 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5678 bool is_sorted;
5679 int presorted_keys;
5680
5682 input_path->pathkeys, &presorted_keys);
5683
5684 if (is_sorted)
5686 else
5687 {
5688 /*
5689 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
5690 * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
5691 * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
5692 * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
5693 * input path).
5694 */
5696 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
5697 continue;
5698
5699 /*
5700 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
5701 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
5702 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
5703 */
5704 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5707 input_path,
5708 root->sort_pathkeys,
5709 limit_tuples);
5710 else
5713 input_path,
5714 root->sort_pathkeys,
5715 presorted_keys,
5716 limit_tuples);
5717 }
5718
5719 /*
5720 * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions from
5721 * the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
5722 */
5723 if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
5725 sorted_path, target);
5726
5728 }
5729
5730 /*
5731 * generate_gather_paths() will have already generated a simple Gather
5732 * path for the best parallel path, if any, and the loop above will have
5733 * considered sorting it. Similarly, generate_gather_paths() will also
5734 * have generated order-preserving Gather Merge plans which can be used
5735 * without sorting if they happen to match the sort_pathkeys, and the loop
5736 * above will have handled those as well. However, there's one more
5737 * possibility: it may make sense to sort the cheapest partial path or
5738 * incrementally sort any partial path that is partially sorted according
5739 * to the required output order and then use Gather Merge.
5740 */
5741 if (ordered_rel->consider_parallel && root->sort_pathkeys != NIL &&
5742 input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
5743 {
5745
5746 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
5747
5748 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
5749 {
5750 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5752 bool is_sorted;
5753 int presorted_keys;
5754 double total_groups;
5755
5757 input_path->pathkeys,
5758 &presorted_keys);
5759
5760 if (is_sorted)
5761 continue;
5762
5763 /*
5764 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
5765 * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
5766 * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
5767 * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
5768 * partial path).
5769 */
5771 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
5772 continue;
5773
5774 /*
5775 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
5776 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
5777 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
5778 */
5779 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5782 input_path,
5783 root->sort_pathkeys,
5784 limit_tuples);
5785 else
5788 input_path,
5789 root->sort_pathkeys,
5790 presorted_keys,
5791 limit_tuples);
5793 sorted_path = (Path *)
5796 sorted_path->pathtarget,
5797 root->sort_pathkeys, NULL,
5798 &total_groups);
5799
5800 /*
5801 * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions
5802 * from the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
5803 */
5804 if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
5806 sorted_path, target);
5807
5809 }
5810 }
5811
5812 /*
5813 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5814 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5815 */
5816 if (ordered_rel->fdwroutine &&
5817 ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5818 ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
5820 NULL);
5821
5822 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
5824 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
5826
5827 /*
5828 * No need to bother with set_cheapest here; grouping_planner does not
5829 * need us to do it.
5830 */
5831 Assert(ordered_rel->pathlist != NIL);
5832
5833 return ordered_rel;
5834}
5835
5836
5837/*
5838 * make_group_input_target
5839 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to grouping nodes.
5840 *
5841 * If there is grouping or aggregation, the scan/join subplan cannot emit
5842 * the query's final targetlist; for example, it certainly can't emit any
5843 * aggregate function calls. This routine generates the correct target
5844 * for the scan/join subplan.
5845 *
5846 * The query target list passed from the parser already contains entries
5847 * for all ORDER BY and GROUP BY expressions, but it will not have entries
5848 * for variables used only in HAVING clauses; so we need to add those
5849 * variables to the subplan target list. Also, we flatten all expressions
5850 * except GROUP BY items into their component variables; other expressions
5851 * will be computed by the upper plan nodes rather than by the subplan.
5852 * For example, given a query like
5853 * SELECT a+b,SUM(c+d) FROM table GROUP BY a+b;
5854 * we want to pass this targetlist to the subplan:
5855 * a+b,c,d
5856 * where the a+b target will be used by the Sort/Group steps, and the
5857 * other targets will be used for computing the final results.
5858 *
5859 * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
5860 *
5861 * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the Paths returned from
5862 * query_planner().
5863 */
5864static PathTarget *
5866{
5867 Query *parse = root->parse;
5871 int i;
5872 ListCell *lc;
5873
5874 /*
5875 * We must build a target containing all grouping columns, plus any other
5876 * Vars mentioned in the query's targetlist and HAVING qual.
5877 */
5880
5881 i = 0;
5882 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
5883 {
5884 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
5886
5887 if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
5889 root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
5890 {
5891 /*
5892 * It's a grouping column, so add it to the input target as-is.
5893 *
5894 * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step. So
5895 * with grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the
5896 * grouping step if there is any from the target expression.
5897 */
5898 if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
5899 {
5900 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
5901 expr = (Expr *)
5902 remove_nulling_relids((Node *) expr,
5903 bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
5904 NULL);
5905 }
5907 }
5908 else
5909 {
5910 /*
5911 * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
5912 * call to pull_var_clause.
5913 */
5915 }
5916
5917 i++;
5918 }
5919
5920 /*
5921 * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars it uses, too.
5922 */
5923 if (parse->havingQual)
5925
5926 /*
5927 * Pull out all the Vars mentioned in non-group cols (plus HAVING), and
5928 * add them to the input target if not already present. (A Var used
5929 * directly as a GROUP BY item will be present already.) Note this
5930 * includes Vars used in resjunk items, so we are covering the needs of
5931 * ORDER BY and window specifications. Vars used within Aggrefs and
5932 * WindowFuncs will be pulled out here, too.
5933 *
5934 * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step. So with
5935 * grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the grouping step if
5936 * there is any from the non-group Vars.
5937 */
5942 if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
5943 {
5944 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
5945 non_group_vars = (List *)
5947 bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
5948 NULL);
5949 }
5951
5952 /* clean up cruft */
5955
5956 /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
5958}
5959
5960/*
5961 * make_partial_grouping_target
5962 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for output of partial aggregate
5963 * (or partial grouping, if there are no aggregates) nodes.
5964 *
5965 * A partial aggregation node needs to emit all the same aggregates that
5966 * a regular aggregation node would, plus any aggregates used in HAVING;
5967 * except that the Aggref nodes should be marked as partial aggregates.
5968 *
5969 * In addition, we'd better emit any Vars and PlaceHolderVars that are
5970 * used outside of Aggrefs in the aggregation tlist and HAVING. (Presumably,
5971 * these would be Vars that are grouped by or used in grouping expressions.)
5972 *
5973 * grouping_target is the tlist to be emitted by the topmost aggregation step.
5974 * havingQual represents the HAVING clause.
5975 */
5976static PathTarget *
5979 Node *havingQual)
5980{
5984 int i;
5985 ListCell *lc;
5986
5989
5990 i = 0;
5991 foreach(lc, grouping_target->exprs)
5992 {
5993 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
5995
5996 if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
5998 root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
5999 {
6000 /*
6001 * It's a grouping column, so add it to the partial_target as-is.
6002 * (This allows the upper agg step to repeat the grouping calcs.)
6003 */
6005 }
6006 else
6007 {
6008 /*
6009 * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
6010 * call to pull_var_clause.
6011 */
6013 }
6014
6015 i++;
6016 }
6017
6018 /*
6019 * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars/Aggrefs it uses, too.
6020 */
6021 if (havingQual)
6022 non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, havingQual);
6023
6024 /*
6025 * Pull out all the Vars, PlaceHolderVars, and Aggrefs mentioned in
6026 * non-group cols (plus HAVING), and add them to the partial_target if not
6027 * already present. (An expression used directly as a GROUP BY item will
6028 * be present already.) Note this includes Vars used in resjunk items, so
6029 * we are covering the needs of ORDER BY and window specifications.
6030 */
6035
6037
6038 /*
6039 * Adjust Aggrefs to put them in partial mode. At this point all Aggrefs
6040 * are at the top level of the target list, so we can just scan the list
6041 * rather than recursing through the expression trees.
6042 */
6043 foreach(lc, partial_target->exprs)
6044 {
6045 Aggref *aggref = (Aggref *) lfirst(lc);
6046
6047 if (IsA(aggref, Aggref))
6048 {
6050
6051 /*
6052 * We shouldn't need to copy the substructure of the Aggref node,
6053 * but flat-copy the node itself to avoid damaging other trees.
6054 */
6056 memcpy(newaggref, aggref, sizeof(Aggref));
6057
6058 /* For now, assume serialization is required */
6060
6061 lfirst(lc) = newaggref;
6062 }
6063 }
6064
6065 /* clean up cruft */
6068
6069 /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
6071}
6072
6073/*
6074 * mark_partial_aggref
6075 * Adjust an Aggref to make it represent a partial-aggregation step.
6076 *
6077 * The Aggref node is modified in-place; caller must do any copying required.
6078 */
6079void
6081{
6082 /* aggtranstype should be computed by this point */
6083 Assert(OidIsValid(agg->aggtranstype));
6084 /* ... but aggsplit should still be as the parser left it */
6085 Assert(agg->aggsplit == AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE);
6086
6087 /* Mark the Aggref with the intended partial-aggregation mode */
6088 agg->aggsplit = aggsplit;
6089
6090 /*
6091 * Adjust result type if needed. Normally, a partial aggregate returns
6092 * the aggregate's transition type; but if that's INTERNAL and we're
6093 * serializing, it returns BYTEA instead.
6094 */
6095 if (DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(aggsplit))
6096 {
6097 if (agg->aggtranstype == INTERNALOID && DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(aggsplit))
6098 agg->aggtype = BYTEAOID;
6099 else
6100 agg->aggtype = agg->aggtranstype;
6101 }
6102}
6103
6104/*
6105 * postprocess_setop_tlist
6106 * Fix up targetlist returned by plan_set_operations().
6107 *
6108 * We need to transpose sort key info from the orig_tlist into new_tlist.
6109 * NOTE: this would not be good enough if we supported resjunk sort keys
6110 * for results of set operations --- then, we'd need to project a whole
6111 * new tlist to evaluate the resjunk columns. For now, just ereport if we
6112 * find any resjunk columns in orig_tlist.
6113 */
6114static List *
6116{
6117 ListCell *l;
6119
6120 foreach(l, new_tlist)
6121 {
6124
6125 /* ignore resjunk columns in setop result */
6126 if (new_tle->resjunk)
6127 continue;
6128
6132 if (orig_tle->resjunk) /* should not happen */
6133 elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
6134 Assert(new_tle->resno == orig_tle->resno);
6135 new_tle->ressortgroupref = orig_tle->ressortgroupref;
6136 }
6137 if (orig_tlist_item != NULL)
6138 elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
6139 return new_tlist;
6140}
6141
6142/*
6143 * optimize_window_clauses
6144 * Call each WindowFunc's prosupport function to see if we're able to
6145 * make any adjustments to any of the WindowClause's so that the executor
6146 * can execute the window functions in a more optimal way.
6147 *
6148 * Currently we only allow adjustments to the WindowClause's frameOptions. We
6149 * may allow more things to be done here in the future.
6150 */
6151static void
6153{
6154 List *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
6155 ListCell *lc;
6156
6157 foreach(lc, windowClause)
6158 {
6160 ListCell *lc2;
6161 int optimizedFrameOptions = 0;
6162
6163 Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
6164
6165 /* skip any WindowClauses that have no WindowFuncs */
6166 if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
6167 continue;
6168
6169 foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
6170 {
6175
6177
6178 /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
6179 if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
6180 break; /* can't optimize this WindowClause */
6181
6183 req.window_clause = wc;
6184 req.window_func = wfunc;
6185 req.frameOptions = wc->frameOptions;
6186
6187 /* call the support function */
6190 PointerGetDatum(&req)));
6191
6192 /*
6193 * Skip to next WindowClause if the support function does not
6194 * support this request type.
6195 */
6196 if (res == NULL)
6197 break;
6198
6199 /*
6200 * Save these frameOptions for the first WindowFunc for this
6201 * WindowClause.
6202 */
6203 if (foreach_current_index(lc2) == 0)
6205
6206 /*
6207 * On subsequent WindowFuncs, if the frameOptions are not the same
6208 * then we're unable to optimize the frameOptions for this
6209 * WindowClause.
6210 */
6211 else if (optimizedFrameOptions != res->frameOptions)
6212 break; /* skip to the next WindowClause, if any */
6213 }
6214
6215 /* adjust the frameOptions if all WindowFunc's agree that it's ok */
6216 if (lc2 == NULL && wc->frameOptions != optimizedFrameOptions)
6217 {
6218 ListCell *lc3;
6219
6220 /* apply the new frame options */
6222
6223 /*
6224 * We now check to see if changing the frameOptions has caused
6225 * this WindowClause to be a duplicate of some other WindowClause.
6226 * This can only happen if we have multiple WindowClauses, so
6227 * don't bother if there's only 1.
6228 */
6229 if (list_length(windowClause) == 1)
6230 continue;
6231
6232 /*
6233 * Do the duplicate check and reuse the existing WindowClause if
6234 * we find a duplicate.
6235 */
6236 foreach(lc3, windowClause)
6237 {
6239
6240 /* skip over the WindowClause we're currently editing */
6241 if (existing_wc == wc)
6242 continue;
6243
6244 /*
6245 * Perform the same duplicate check that is done in
6246 * transformWindowFuncCall.
6247 */
6248 if (equal(wc->partitionClause, existing_wc->partitionClause) &&
6249 equal(wc->orderClause, existing_wc->orderClause) &&
6250 wc->frameOptions == existing_wc->frameOptions &&
6251 equal(wc->startOffset, existing_wc->startOffset) &&
6252 equal(wc->endOffset, existing_wc->endOffset))
6253 {
6254 ListCell *lc4;
6255
6256 /*
6257 * Now move each WindowFunc in 'wc' into 'existing_wc'.
6258 * This required adjusting each WindowFunc's winref and
6259 * moving the WindowFuncs in 'wc' to the list of
6260 * WindowFuncs in 'existing_wc'.
6261 */
6262 foreach(lc4, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
6263 {
6265
6266 wfunc->winref = existing_wc->winref;
6267 }
6268
6269 /* move list items */
6270 wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref] = list_concat(wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref],
6271 wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref]);
6272 wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] = NIL;
6273
6274 /*
6275 * transformWindowFuncCall() should have made sure there
6276 * are no other duplicates, so we needn't bother looking
6277 * any further.
6278 */
6279 break;
6280 }
6281 }
6282 }
6283 }
6284}
6285
6286/*
6287 * select_active_windows
6288 * Create a list of the "active" window clauses (ie, those referenced
6289 * by non-deleted WindowFuncs) in the order they are to be executed.
6290 */
6291static List *
6293{
6294 List *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
6295 List *result = NIL;
6296 ListCell *lc;
6297 int nActive = 0;
6299 list_length(windowClause));
6300
6301 /* First, construct an array of the active windows */
6302 foreach(lc, windowClause)
6303 {
6305
6306 /* It's only active if wflists shows some related WindowFuncs */
6307 Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
6308 if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
6309 continue;
6310
6311 actives[nActive].wc = wc; /* original clause */
6312
6313 /*
6314 * For sorting, we want the list of partition keys followed by the
6315 * list of sort keys. But pathkeys construction will remove duplicates
6316 * between the two, so we can as well (even though we can't detect all
6317 * of the duplicates, since some may come from ECs - that might mean
6318 * we miss optimization chances here). We must, however, ensure that
6319 * the order of entries is preserved with respect to the ones we do
6320 * keep.
6321 *
6322 * partitionClause and orderClause had their own duplicates removed in
6323 * parse analysis, so we're only concerned here with removing
6324 * orderClause entries that also appear in partitionClause.
6325 */
6326 actives[nActive].uniqueOrder =
6328 wc->orderClause);
6329 nActive++;
6330 }
6331
6332 /*
6333 * Sort active windows by their partitioning/ordering clauses, ignoring
6334 * any framing clauses, so that the windows that need the same sorting are
6335 * adjacent in the list. When we come to generate paths, this will avoid
6336 * inserting additional Sort nodes.
6337 *
6338 * This is how we implement a specific requirement from the SQL standard,
6339 * which says that when two or more windows are order-equivalent (i.e.
6340 * have matching partition and order clauses, even if their names or
6341 * framing clauses differ), then all peer rows must be presented in the
6342 * same order in all of them. If we allowed multiple sort nodes for such
6343 * cases, we'd risk having the peer rows end up in different orders in
6344 * equivalent windows due to sort instability. (See General Rule 4 of
6345 * <window clause> in SQL2008 - SQL2016.)
6346 *
6347 * Additionally, if the entire list of clauses of one window is a prefix
6348 * of another, put first the window with stronger sorting requirements.
6349 * This way we will first sort for stronger window, and won't have to sort
6350 * again for the weaker one.
6351 */
6353
6354 /* build ordered list of the original WindowClause nodes */
6355 for (int i = 0; i < nActive; i++)
6356 result = lappend(result, actives[i].wc);
6357
6358 pfree(actives);
6359
6360 return result;
6361}
6362
6363/*
6364 * name_active_windows
6365 * Ensure all active windows have unique names.
6366 *
6367 * The parser will have checked that user-assigned window names are unique
6368 * within the Query. Here we assign made-up names to any unnamed
6369 * WindowClauses for the benefit of EXPLAIN. (We don't want to do this
6370 * at parse time, because it'd mess up decompilation of views.)
6371 *
6372 * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
6373 */
6374static void
6376{
6377 int next_n = 1;
6378 char newname[16];
6379 ListCell *lc;
6380
6381 foreach(lc, activeWindows)
6382 {
6384
6385 /* Nothing to do if it has a name already. */
6386 if (wc->name)
6387 continue;
6388
6389 /* Select a name not currently present in the list. */
6390 for (;;)
6391 {
6392 ListCell *lc2;
6393
6394 snprintf(newname, sizeof(newname), "w%d", next_n++);
6395 foreach(lc2, activeWindows)
6396 {
6398
6399 if (wc2->name && strcmp(wc2->name, newname) == 0)
6400 break; /* matched */
6401 }
6402 if (lc2 == NULL)
6403 break; /* reached the end with no match */
6404 }
6405 wc->name = pstrdup(newname);
6406 }
6407}
6408
6409/*
6410 * common_prefix_cmp
6411 * QSort comparison function for WindowClauseSortData
6412 *
6413 * Sort the windows by the required sorting clauses. First, compare the sort
6414 * clauses themselves. Second, if one window's clauses are a prefix of another
6415 * one's clauses, put the window with more sort clauses first.
6416 *
6417 * We purposefully sort by the highest tleSortGroupRef first. Since
6418 * tleSortGroupRefs are assigned for the query's DISTINCT and ORDER BY first
6419 * and because here we sort the lowest tleSortGroupRefs last, if a
6420 * WindowClause is sharing a tleSortGroupRef with the query's DISTINCT or
6421 * ORDER BY clause, this makes it more likely that the final WindowAgg will
6422 * provide presorted input for the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause, thus
6423 * reducing the total number of sorts required for the query.
6424 */
6425static int
6426common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
6427{
6428 const WindowClauseSortData *wcsa = a;
6429 const WindowClauseSortData *wcsb = b;
6432
6433 forboth(item_a, wcsa->uniqueOrder, item_b, wcsb->uniqueOrder)
6434 {
6437
6438 if (sca->tleSortGroupRef > scb->tleSortGroupRef)
6439 return -1;
6440 else if (sca->tleSortGroupRef < scb->tleSortGroupRef)
6441 return 1;
6442 else if (sca->sortop > scb->sortop)
6443 return -1;
6444 else if (sca->sortop < scb->sortop)
6445 return 1;
6446 else if (sca->nulls_first && !scb->nulls_first)
6447 return -1;
6448 else if (!sca->nulls_first && scb->nulls_first)
6449 return 1;
6450 /* no need to compare eqop, since it is fully determined by sortop */
6451 }
6452
6453 if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) > list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
6454 return -1;
6455 else if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) < list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
6456 return 1;
6457
6458 return 0;
6459}
6460
6461/*
6462 * make_window_input_target
6463 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to WindowAgg nodes.
6464 *
6465 * When the query has window functions, this function computes the desired
6466 * target to be computed by the node just below the first WindowAgg.
6467 * This tlist must contain all values needed to evaluate the window functions,
6468 * compute the final target list, and perform any required final sort step.
6469 * If multiple WindowAggs are needed, each intermediate one adds its window
6470 * function results onto this base tlist; only the topmost WindowAgg computes
6471 * the actual desired target list.
6472 *
6473 * This function is much like make_group_input_target, though not quite enough
6474 * like it to share code. As in that function, we flatten most expressions
6475 * into their component variables. But we do not want to flatten window
6476 * PARTITION BY/ORDER BY clauses, since that might result in multiple
6477 * evaluations of them, which would be bad (possibly even resulting in
6478 * inconsistent answers, if they contain volatile functions).
6479 * Also, we must not flatten GROUP BY clauses that were left unflattened by
6480 * make_group_input_target, because we may no longer have access to the
6481 * individual Vars in them.
6482 *
6483 * Another key difference from make_group_input_target is that we don't
6484 * flatten Aggref expressions, since those are to be computed below the
6485 * window functions and just referenced like Vars above that.
6486 *
6487 * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
6488 * 'activeWindows' is the list of active windows previously identified by
6489 * select_active_windows.
6490 *
6491 * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
6492 * below the first WindowAgg node.
6493 */
6494static PathTarget *
6497 List *activeWindows)
6498{
6503 int i;
6504 ListCell *lc;
6505
6506 Assert(root->parse->hasWindowFuncs);
6507
6508 /*
6509 * Collect the sortgroupref numbers of window PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses
6510 * into a bitmapset for convenient reference below.
6511 */
6512 sgrefs = NULL;
6513 foreach(lc, activeWindows)
6514 {
6516 ListCell *lc2;
6517
6518 foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
6519 {
6521
6522 sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6523 }
6524 foreach(lc2, wc->orderClause)
6525 {
6527
6528 sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6529 }
6530 }
6531
6532 /* Add in sortgroupref numbers of GROUP BY clauses, too */
6533 foreach(lc, root->processed_groupClause)
6534 {
6536
6537 sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, grpcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6538 }
6539
6540 /*
6541 * Construct a target containing all the non-flattenable targetlist items,
6542 * and save aside the others for a moment.
6543 */
6546
6547 i = 0;
6548 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
6549 {
6550 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6552
6553 /*
6554 * Don't want to deconstruct window clauses or GROUP BY items. (Note
6555 * that such items can't contain window functions, so it's okay to
6556 * compute them below the WindowAgg nodes.)
6557 */
6558 if (sgref != 0 && bms_is_member(sgref, sgrefs))
6559 {
6560 /*
6561 * Don't want to deconstruct this value, so add it to the input
6562 * target as-is.
6563 */
6565 }
6566 else
6567 {
6568 /*
6569 * Column is to be flattened, so just remember the expression for
6570 * later call to pull_var_clause.
6571 */
6573 }
6574
6575 i++;
6576 }
6577
6578 /*
6579 * Pull out all the Vars and Aggrefs mentioned in flattenable columns, and
6580 * add them to the input target if not already present. (Some might be
6581 * there already because they're used directly as window/group clauses.)
6582 *
6583 * Note: it's essential to use PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES here, so that any
6584 * Aggrefs are placed in the Agg node's tlist and not left to be computed
6585 * at higher levels. On the other hand, we should recurse into
6586 * WindowFuncs to make sure their input expressions are available.
6587 */
6593
6594 /* clean up cruft */
6597
6598 /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
6600}
6601
6602/*
6603 * make_pathkeys_for_window
6604 * Create a pathkeys list describing the required input ordering
6605 * for the given WindowClause.
6606 *
6607 * Modifies wc's partitionClause to remove any clauses which are deemed
6608 * redundant by the pathkey logic.
6609 *
6610 * The required ordering is first the PARTITION keys, then the ORDER keys.
6611 * In the future we might try to implement windowing using hashing, in which
6612 * case the ordering could be relaxed, but for now we always sort.
6613 */
6614static List *
6616 List *tlist)
6617{
6618 List *window_pathkeys = NIL;
6619
6620 /* Throw error if can't sort */
6622 ereport(ERROR,
6624 errmsg("could not implement window PARTITION BY"),
6625 errdetail("Window partitioning columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
6627 ereport(ERROR,
6629 errmsg("could not implement window ORDER BY"),
6630 errdetail("Window ordering columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
6631
6632 /*
6633 * First fetch the pathkeys for the PARTITION BY clause. We can safely
6634 * remove any clauses from the wc->partitionClause for redundant pathkeys.
6635 */
6636 if (wc->partitionClause != NIL)
6637 {
6638 bool sortable;
6639
6641 &wc->partitionClause,
6642 tlist,
6643 true,
6644 false,
6645 &sortable,
6646 false);
6647
6649 }
6650
6651 /*
6652 * In principle, we could also consider removing redundant ORDER BY items
6653 * too as doing so does not alter the result of peer row checks done by
6654 * the executor. However, we must *not* remove the ordering column for
6655 * RANGE OFFSET cases, as the executor needs that for in_range tests even
6656 * if it's known to be equal to some partitioning column.
6657 */
6658 if (wc->orderClause != NIL)
6659 {
6661
6663 wc->orderClause,
6664 tlist);
6665
6666 /* Okay, make the combined pathkeys */
6667 if (window_pathkeys != NIL)
6668 window_pathkeys = append_pathkeys(window_pathkeys, orderby_pathkeys);
6669 else
6670 window_pathkeys = orderby_pathkeys;
6671 }
6672
6673 return window_pathkeys;
6674}
6675
6676/*
6677 * make_sort_input_target
6678 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to Sort step.
6679 *
6680 * If the query has ORDER BY, this function chooses the target to be computed
6681 * by the node just below the Sort (and DISTINCT, if any, since Unique can't
6682 * project) steps. This might or might not be identical to the query's final
6683 * output target.
6684 *
6685 * The main argument for keeping the sort-input tlist the same as the final
6686 * is that we avoid a separate projection node (which will be needed if
6687 * they're different, because Sort can't project). However, there are also
6688 * advantages to postponing tlist evaluation till after the Sort: it ensures
6689 * a consistent order of evaluation for any volatile functions in the tlist,
6690 * and if there's also a LIMIT, we can stop the query without ever computing
6691 * tlist functions for later rows, which is beneficial for both volatile and
6692 * expensive functions.
6693 *
6694 * Our current policy is to postpone volatile expressions till after the sort
6695 * unconditionally (assuming that that's possible, ie they are in plain tlist
6696 * columns and not ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT columns). We also prefer to
6697 * postpone set-returning expressions, because running them beforehand would
6698 * bloat the sort dataset, and because it might cause unexpected output order
6699 * if the sort isn't stable. However there's a constraint on that: all SRFs
6700 * in the tlist should be evaluated at the same plan step, so that they can
6701 * run in sync in nodeProjectSet. So if any SRFs are in sort columns, we
6702 * mustn't postpone any SRFs. (Note that in principle that policy should
6703 * probably get applied to the group/window input targetlists too, but we
6704 * have not done that historically.) Lastly, expensive expressions are
6705 * postponed if there is a LIMIT, or if root->tuple_fraction shows that
6706 * partial evaluation of the query is possible (if neither is true, we expect
6707 * to have to evaluate the expressions for every row anyway), or if there are
6708 * any volatile or set-returning expressions (since once we've put in a
6709 * projection at all, it won't cost any more to postpone more stuff).
6710 *
6711 * Another issue that could potentially be considered here is that
6712 * evaluating tlist expressions could result in data that's either wider
6713 * or narrower than the input Vars, thus changing the volume of data that
6714 * has to go through the Sort. However, we usually have only a very bad
6715 * idea of the output width of any expression more complex than a Var,
6716 * so for now it seems too risky to try to optimize on that basis.
6717 *
6718 * Note that if we do produce a modified sort-input target, and then the
6719 * query ends up not using an explicit Sort, no particular harm is done:
6720 * we'll initially use the modified target for the preceding path nodes,
6721 * but then change them to the final target with apply_projection_to_path.
6722 * Moreover, in such a case the guarantees about evaluation order of
6723 * volatile functions still hold, since the rows are sorted already.
6724 *
6725 * This function has some things in common with make_group_input_target and
6726 * make_window_input_target, though the detailed rules for what to do are
6727 * different. We never flatten/postpone any grouping or ordering columns;
6728 * those are needed before the sort. If we do flatten a particular
6729 * expression, we leave Aggref and WindowFunc nodes alone, since those were
6730 * computed earlier.
6731 *
6732 * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
6733 * 'have_postponed_srfs' is an output argument, see below
6734 *
6735 * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
6736 * below the Sort step (and the Distinct step, if any). This will be
6737 * exactly final_target if we decide a projection step wouldn't be helpful.
6738 *
6739 * In addition, *have_postponed_srfs is set to true if we choose to postpone
6740 * any set-returning functions to after the Sort.
6741 */
6742static PathTarget *
6745 bool *have_postponed_srfs)
6746{
6747 Query *parse = root->parse;
6749 int ncols;
6750 bool *col_is_srf;
6751 bool *postpone_col;
6752 bool have_srf;
6753 bool have_volatile;
6754 bool have_expensive;
6755 bool have_srf_sortcols;
6756 bool postpone_srfs;
6759 int i;
6760 ListCell *lc;
6761
6762 /* Shouldn't get here unless query has ORDER BY */
6763 Assert(parse->sortClause);
6764
6765 *have_postponed_srfs = false; /* default result */
6766
6767 /* Inspect tlist and collect per-column information */
6768 ncols = list_length(final_target->exprs);
6769 col_is_srf = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
6770 postpone_col = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
6772
6773 i = 0;
6774 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
6775 {
6776 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6777
6778 /*
6779 * If the column has a sortgroupref, assume it has to be evaluated
6780 * before sorting. Generally such columns would be ORDER BY, GROUP
6781 * BY, etc targets. One exception is columns that were removed from
6782 * GROUP BY by remove_useless_groupby_columns() ... but those would
6783 * only be Vars anyway. There don't seem to be any cases where it
6784 * would be worth the trouble to double-check.
6785 */
6787 {
6788 /*
6789 * Check for SRF or volatile functions. Check the SRF case first
6790 * because we must know whether we have any postponed SRFs.
6791 */
6792 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
6793 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
6794 {
6795 /* We'll decide below whether these are postponable */
6796 col_is_srf[i] = true;
6797 have_srf = true;
6798 }
6799 else if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) expr))
6800 {
6801 /* Unconditionally postpone */
6802 postpone_col[i] = true;
6803 have_volatile = true;
6804 }
6805 else
6806 {
6807 /*
6808 * Else check the cost. XXX it's annoying to have to do this
6809 * when set_pathtarget_cost_width() just did it. Refactor to
6810 * allow sharing the work?
6811 */
6812 QualCost cost;
6813
6814 cost_qual_eval_node(&cost, (Node *) expr, root);
6815
6816 /*
6817 * We arbitrarily define "expensive" as "more than 10X
6818 * cpu_operator_cost". Note this will take in any PL function
6819 * with default cost.
6820 */
6821 if (cost.per_tuple > 10 * cpu_operator_cost)
6822 {
6823 postpone_col[i] = true;
6824 have_expensive = true;
6825 }
6826 }
6827 }
6828 else
6829 {
6830 /* For sortgroupref cols, just check if any contain SRFs */
6831 if (!have_srf_sortcols &&
6832 parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
6833 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
6834 have_srf_sortcols = true;
6835 }
6836
6837 i++;
6838 }
6839
6840 /*
6841 * We can postpone SRFs if we have some but none are in sortgroupref cols.
6842 */
6844
6845 /*
6846 * If we don't need a post-sort projection, just return final_target.
6847 */
6848 if (!(postpone_srfs || have_volatile ||
6849 (have_expensive &&
6850 (parse->limitCount || root->tuple_fraction > 0))))
6851 return final_target;
6852
6853 /*
6854 * Report whether the post-sort projection will contain set-returning
6855 * functions. This is important because it affects whether the Sort can
6856 * rely on the query's LIMIT (if any) to bound the number of rows it needs
6857 * to return.
6858 */
6860
6861 /*
6862 * Construct the sort-input target, taking all non-postponable columns and
6863 * then adding Vars, PlaceHolderVars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs found in
6864 * the postponable ones.
6865 */
6868
6869 i = 0;
6870 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
6871 {
6872 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6873
6874 if (postpone_col[i] || (postpone_srfs && col_is_srf[i]))
6876 else
6879
6880 i++;
6881 }
6882
6883 /*
6884 * Pull out all the Vars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs mentioned in
6885 * postponable columns, and add them to the sort-input target if not
6886 * already present. (Some might be there already.) We mustn't
6887 * deconstruct Aggrefs or WindowFuncs here, since the projection node
6888 * would be unable to recompute them.
6889 */
6895
6896 /* clean up cruft */
6899
6900 /* XXX this represents even more redundant cost calculation ... */
6902}
6903
6904/*
6905 * get_cheapest_fractional_path
6906 * Find the cheapest path for retrieving a specified fraction of all
6907 * the tuples expected to be returned by the given relation.
6908 *
6909 * Do not consider parameterized paths. If the caller needs a path for upper
6910 * rel, it can't have parameterized paths. If the caller needs an append
6911 * subpath, it could become limited by the treatment of similar
6912 * parameterization of all the subpaths.
6913 *
6914 * We interpret tuple_fraction the same way as grouping_planner.
6915 *
6916 * We assume set_cheapest() has been run on the given rel.
6917 */
6918Path *
6919get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
6920{
6922 ListCell *l;
6923
6924 /* If all tuples will be retrieved, just return the cheapest-total path */
6925 if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
6926 return best_path;
6927
6928 /* Convert absolute # of tuples to a fraction; no need to clamp to 0..1 */
6929 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0 && best_path->rows > 0)
6930 tuple_fraction /= best_path->rows;
6931
6932 foreach(l, rel->pathlist)
6933 {
6934 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
6935
6936 if (path->param_info)
6937 continue;
6938
6939 if (path == rel->cheapest_total_path ||
6940 compare_fractional_path_costs(best_path, path, tuple_fraction) <= 0)
6941 continue;
6942
6943 best_path = path;
6944 }
6945
6946 return best_path;
6947}
6948
6949/*
6950 * adjust_paths_for_srfs
6951 * Fix up the Paths of the given upperrel to handle tSRFs properly.
6952 *
6953 * The executor can only handle set-returning functions that appear at the
6954 * top level of the targetlist of a ProjectSet plan node. If we have any SRFs
6955 * that are not at top level, we need to split up the evaluation into multiple
6956 * plan levels in which each level satisfies this constraint. This function
6957 * modifies each Path of an upperrel that (might) compute any SRFs in its
6958 * output tlist to insert appropriate projection steps.
6959 *
6960 * The given targets and targets_contain_srfs lists are from
6961 * split_pathtarget_at_srfs(). We assume the existing Paths emit the first
6962 * target in targets.
6963 */
6964static void
6966 List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
6967{
6968 ListCell *lc;
6969
6972
6973 /* If no SRFs appear at this plan level, nothing to do */
6974 if (list_length(targets) == 1)
6975 return;
6976
6977 /*
6978 * Stack SRF-evaluation nodes atop each path for the rel.
6979 *
6980 * In principle we should re-run set_cheapest() here to identify the
6981 * cheapest path, but it seems unlikely that adding the same tlist eval
6982 * costs to all the paths would change that, so we don't bother. Instead,
6983 * just assume that the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total paths remain
6984 * so. (There should be no parameterized paths anymore, so we needn't
6985 * worry about updating cheapest_parameterized_paths.)
6986 */
6987 foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
6988 {
6989 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
6990 Path *newpath = subpath;
6991 ListCell *lc1,
6992 *lc2;
6993
6994 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
6996 {
6998 bool contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
6999
7000 /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
7001 if (contains_srfs)
7003 rel,
7004 newpath,
7005 thistarget);
7006 else
7008 rel,
7009 newpath,
7010 thistarget);
7011 }
7012 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
7013 if (subpath == rel->cheapest_startup_path)
7015 if (subpath == rel->cheapest_total_path)
7017 }
7018
7019 /* Likewise for partial paths, if any */
7020 foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
7021 {
7022 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7023 Path *newpath = subpath;
7024 ListCell *lc1,
7025 *lc2;
7026
7027 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
7029 {
7031 bool contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
7032
7033 /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
7034 if (contains_srfs)
7036 rel,
7037 newpath,
7038 thistarget);
7039 else
7040 {
7041 /* avoid apply_projection_to_path, in case of multiple refs */
7043 rel,
7044 newpath,
7045 thistarget);
7046 }
7047 }
7048 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
7049 }
7050}
7051
7052/*
7053 * expression_planner
7054 * Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression.
7055 *
7056 * Various utility commands need to evaluate expressions that are not part
7057 * of a plannable query. They can do so using the executor's regular
7058 * expression-execution machinery, but first the expression has to be fed
7059 * through here to transform it from parser output to something executable.
7060 *
7061 * Currently, we disallow sublinks in standalone expressions, so there's no
7062 * real "planning" involved here. (That might not always be true though.)
7063 * What we must do is run eval_const_expressions to ensure that any function
7064 * calls are converted to positional notation and function default arguments
7065 * get inserted. The fact that constant subexpressions get simplified is a
7066 * side-effect that is useful when the expression will get evaluated more than
7067 * once. Also, we must fix operator function IDs.
7068 *
7069 * This does not return any information about dependencies of the expression.
7070 * Hence callers should use the results only for the duration of the current
7071 * query. Callers that would like to cache the results for longer should use
7072 * expression_planner_with_deps, probably via the plancache.
7073 *
7074 * Note: this must not make any damaging changes to the passed-in expression
7075 * tree. (It would actually be okay to apply fix_opfuncids to it, but since
7076 * we first do an expression_tree_mutator-based walk, what is returned will
7077 * be a new node tree.) The result is constructed in the current memory
7078 * context; beware that this can leak a lot of additional stuff there, too.
7079 */
7080Expr *
7082{
7083 Node *result;
7084
7085 /*
7086 * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
7087 * simplify constant subexprs
7088 */
7090
7091 /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
7093
7094 return (Expr *) result;
7095}
7096
7097/*
7098 * expression_planner_with_deps
7099 * Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression,
7100 * returning expression dependency information along with the result.
7101 *
7102 * This is identical to expression_planner() except that it also returns
7103 * information about possible dependencies of the expression, ie identities of
7104 * objects whose definitions affect the result. As in a PlannedStmt, these
7105 * are expressed as a list of relation Oids and a list of PlanInvalItems.
7106 */
7107Expr *
7109 List **relationOids,
7110 List **invalItems)
7111{
7112 Node *result;
7113 PlannerGlobal glob;
7115
7116 /* Make up dummy planner state so we can use setrefs machinery */
7117 MemSet(&glob, 0, sizeof(glob));
7118 glob.type = T_PlannerGlobal;
7119 glob.relationOids = NIL;
7120 glob.invalItems = NIL;
7121
7122 MemSet(&root, 0, sizeof(root));
7123 root.type = T_PlannerInfo;
7124 root.glob = &glob;
7125
7126 /*
7127 * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
7128 * simplify constant subexprs. Collect identities of inlined functions
7129 * and elided domains, too.
7130 */
7131 result = eval_const_expressions(&root, (Node *) expr);
7132
7133 /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
7135
7136 /*
7137 * Now walk the finished expression to find anything else we ought to
7138 * record as an expression dependency.
7139 */
7141
7142 *relationOids = glob.relationOids;
7143 *invalItems = glob.invalItems;
7144
7145 return (Expr *) result;
7146}
7147
7148
7149/*
7150 * plan_cluster_use_sort
7151 * Use the planner to decide how CLUSTER should implement sorting
7152 *
7153 * tableOid is the OID of a table to be clustered on its index indexOid
7154 * (which is already known to be a btree index). Decide whether it's
7155 * cheaper to do an indexscan or a seqscan-plus-sort to execute the CLUSTER.
7156 * Return true to use sorting, false to use an indexscan.
7157 *
7158 * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table.
7159 */
7160bool
7161plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
7162{
7164 Query *query;
7165 PlannerGlobal *glob;
7167 RelOptInfo *rel;
7168 IndexOptInfo *indexInfo;
7174 ListCell *lc;
7175
7176 /* We can short-circuit the cost comparison if indexscans are disabled */
7177 if (!enable_indexscan)
7178 return true; /* use sort */
7179
7180 /* Set up mostly-dummy planner state */
7181 query = makeNode(Query);
7182 query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
7183
7184 glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
7185
7187 root->parse = query;
7188 root->glob = glob;
7189 root->query_level = 1;
7190 root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7191 root->wt_param_id = -1;
7192 root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
7193
7194 /* Build a minimal RTE for the rel */
7196 rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
7197 rte->relid = tableOid;
7198 rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
7199 rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
7200 rte->lateral = false;
7201 rte->inh = false;
7202 rte->inFromCl = true;
7203 query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
7204 addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
7205
7206 /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
7208
7209 /* Build RelOptInfo */
7210 rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
7211
7212 /* Locate IndexOptInfo for the target index */
7213 indexInfo = NULL;
7214 foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
7215 {
7216 indexInfo = lfirst_node(IndexOptInfo, lc);
7217 if (indexInfo->indexoid == indexOid)
7218 break;
7219 }
7220
7221 /*
7222 * It's possible that get_relation_info did not generate an IndexOptInfo
7223 * for the desired index; this could happen if it's not yet reached its
7224 * indcheckxmin usability horizon, or if it's a system index and we're
7225 * ignoring system indexes. In such cases we should tell CLUSTER to not
7226 * trust the index contents but use seqscan-and-sort.
7227 */
7228 if (lc == NULL) /* not in the list? */
7229 return true; /* use sort */
7230
7231 /*
7232 * Rather than doing all the pushups that would be needed to use
7233 * set_baserel_size_estimates, just do a quick hack for rows and width.
7234 */
7235 rel->rows = rel->tuples;
7236 rel->reltarget->width = get_relation_data_width(tableOid, NULL);
7237
7238 root->total_table_pages = rel->pages;
7239
7240 /*
7241 * Determine eval cost of the index expressions, if any. We need to
7242 * charge twice that amount for each tuple comparison that happens during
7243 * the sort, since tuplesort.c will have to re-evaluate the index
7244 * expressions each time. (XXX that's pretty inefficient...)
7245 */
7246 cost_qual_eval(&indexExprCost, indexInfo->indexprs, root);
7247 comparisonCost = 2.0 * (indexExprCost.startup + indexExprCost.per_tuple);
7248
7249 /* Estimate the cost of seq scan + sort */
7252 seqScanPath->disabled_nodes,
7253 seqScanPath->total_cost, rel->tuples, rel->reltarget->width,
7255
7256 /* Estimate the cost of index scan */
7258 NIL, NIL, NIL, NIL,
7259 ForwardScanDirection, false,
7260 NULL, 1.0, false);
7261
7262 return (seqScanAndSortPath.total_cost < indexScanPath->path.total_cost);
7263}
7264
7265/*
7266 * plan_create_index_workers
7267 * Use the planner to decide how many parallel worker processes
7268 * CREATE INDEX should request for use
7269 *
7270 * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built. indexOid is the
7271 * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with
7272 * support for parallel builds - currently btree, GIN, or BRIN).
7273 *
7274 * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request. It
7275 * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0. Note that this does not include the
7276 * leader participating as a worker (value is always a number of parallel
7277 * worker processes).
7278 *
7279 * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table and
7280 * index.
7281 */
7282int
7284{
7286 Query *query;
7287 PlannerGlobal *glob;
7289 Relation heap;
7291 RelOptInfo *rel;
7292 int parallel_workers;
7294 double reltuples;
7295 double allvisfrac;
7296
7297 /*
7298 * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or
7299 * when parallelism is disabled.
7300 */
7302 return 0;
7303
7304 /* Set up largely-dummy planner state */
7305 query = makeNode(Query);
7306 query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
7307
7308 glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
7309
7311 root->parse = query;
7312 root->glob = glob;
7313 root->query_level = 1;
7314 root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7315 root->wt_param_id = -1;
7316 root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
7317
7318 /*
7319 * Build a minimal RTE.
7320 *
7321 * Mark the RTE with inh = true. This is a kludge to prevent
7322 * get_relation_info() from fetching index info, which is necessary
7323 * because it does not expect that any IndexOptInfo is currently
7324 * undergoing REINDEX.
7325 */
7327 rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
7328 rte->relid = tableOid;
7329 rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
7330 rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
7331 rte->lateral = false;
7332 rte->inh = true;
7333 rte->inFromCl = true;
7334 query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
7335 addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
7336
7337 /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
7339
7340 /* Build RelOptInfo */
7341 rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
7342
7343 /* Rels are assumed already locked by the caller */
7344 heap = table_open(tableOid, NoLock);
7345 index = index_open(indexOid, NoLock);
7346
7347 /*
7348 * Determine if it's safe to proceed.
7349 *
7350 * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary tables.
7351 * Furthermore, any index predicate or index expressions must be parallel
7352 * safe.
7353 */
7354 if (heap->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP ||
7357 {
7358 parallel_workers = 0;
7359 goto done;
7360 }
7361
7362 /*
7363 * If parallel_workers storage parameter is set for the table, accept that
7364 * as the number of parallel worker processes to launch (though still cap
7365 * at max_parallel_maintenance_workers). Note that we deliberately do not
7366 * consider any other factor when parallel_workers is set. (e.g., memory
7367 * use by workers.)
7368 */
7369 if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
7370 {
7371 parallel_workers = Min(rel->rel_parallel_workers,
7373 goto done;
7374 }
7375
7376 /*
7377 * Estimate heap relation size ourselves, since rel->pages cannot be
7378 * trusted (heap RTE was marked as inheritance parent)
7379 */
7380 estimate_rel_size(heap, NULL, &heap_blocks, &reltuples, &allvisfrac);
7381
7382 /*
7383 * Determine number of workers to scan the heap relation using generic
7384 * model
7385 */
7386 parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, heap_blocks, -1,
7388
7389 /*
7390 * Cap workers based on available maintenance_work_mem as needed.
7391 *
7392 * Note that each tuplesort participant receives an even share of the
7393 * total maintenance_work_mem budget. Aim to leave participants
7394 * (including the leader as a participant) with no less than 32MB of
7395 * memory. This leaves cases where maintenance_work_mem is set to 64MB
7396 * immediately past the threshold of being capable of launching a single
7397 * parallel worker to sort.
7398 */
7399 while (parallel_workers > 0 &&
7400 maintenance_work_mem / (parallel_workers + 1) < 32 * 1024)
7401 parallel_workers--;
7402
7403done:
7405 table_close(heap, NoLock);
7406
7407 return parallel_workers;
7408}
7409
7410/*
7411 * add_paths_to_grouping_rel
7412 *
7413 * Add non-partial paths to grouping relation.
7414 */
7415static void
7417 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
7421 GroupPathExtraData *extra)
7422{
7423 Query *parse = root->parse;
7424 Path *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7426 ListCell *lc;
7427 bool can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
7428 bool can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
7429 List *havingQual = (List *) extra->havingQual;
7430 AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
7431 double dNumGroups = 0;
7432 double dNumFinalGroups = 0;
7433
7434 /*
7435 * Estimate number of groups for non-split aggregation.
7436 */
7438 cheapest_path->rows,
7439 gd,
7440 extra->targetList);
7441
7443 {
7445 partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7446
7447 /*
7448 * Estimate number of groups for final phase of partial aggregation.
7449 */
7453 gd,
7454 extra->targetList);
7455 }
7456
7457 if (can_sort)
7458 {
7459 /*
7460 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
7461 * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
7462 * with presorted keys.
7463 */
7464 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
7465 {
7466 ListCell *lc2;
7467 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7468 Path *path_save = path;
7470
7471 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7473
7475
7476 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7477 {
7479
7480 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7481 path = path_save;
7482
7483 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7484 grouped_rel,
7485 path,
7487 info->pathkeys,
7488 -1.0);
7489 if (path == NULL)
7490 continue;
7491
7492 /* Now decide what to stick atop it */
7493 if (parse->groupingSets)
7494 {
7495 consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
7496 path, true, can_hash,
7498 }
7499 else if (parse->hasAggs)
7500 {
7501 /*
7502 * We have aggregation, possibly with plain GROUP BY. Make
7503 * an AggPath.
7504 */
7505 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7507 grouped_rel,
7508 path,
7509 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7510 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7512 info->clauses,
7513 havingQual,
7514 agg_costs,
7515 dNumGroups));
7516 }
7517 else if (parse->groupClause)
7518 {
7519 /*
7520 * We have GROUP BY without aggregation or grouping sets.
7521 * Make a GroupPath.
7522 */
7523 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7525 grouped_rel,
7526 path,
7527 info->clauses,
7528 havingQual,
7529 dNumGroups));
7530 }
7531 else
7532 {
7533 /* Other cases should have been handled above */
7534 Assert(false);
7535 }
7536 }
7537 }
7538
7539 /*
7540 * Instead of operating directly on the input relation, we can
7541 * consider finalizing a partially aggregated path.
7542 */
7544 {
7545 foreach(lc, partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
7546 {
7547 ListCell *lc2;
7548 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7549 Path *path_save = path;
7551
7552 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7554
7556
7557 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7558 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7559 {
7561
7562 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7563 path = path_save;
7564
7565 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7566 grouped_rel,
7567 path,
7569 info->pathkeys,
7570 -1.0);
7571
7572 if (path == NULL)
7573 continue;
7574
7575 if (parse->hasAggs)
7576 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7578 grouped_rel,
7579 path,
7580 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7581 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7583 info->clauses,
7584 havingQual,
7585 agg_final_costs,
7587 else
7588 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7590 grouped_rel,
7591 path,
7592 info->clauses,
7593 havingQual,
7595
7596 }
7597 }
7598 }
7599 }
7600
7601 if (can_hash)
7602 {
7603 if (parse->groupingSets)
7604 {
7605 /*
7606 * Try for a hash-only groupingsets path over unsorted input.
7607 */
7608 consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
7609 cheapest_path, false, true,
7611 }
7612 else
7613 {
7614 /*
7615 * Generate a HashAgg Path. We just need an Agg over the
7616 * cheapest-total input path, since input order won't matter.
7617 */
7618 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7619 create_agg_path(root, grouped_rel,
7621 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7622 AGG_HASHED,
7624 root->processed_groupClause,
7625 havingQual,
7626 agg_costs,
7627 dNumGroups));
7628 }
7629
7630 /*
7631 * Generate a Finalize HashAgg Path atop of the cheapest partially
7632 * grouped path, assuming there is one
7633 */
7635 {
7636 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7638 grouped_rel,
7640 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7641 AGG_HASHED,
7643 root->processed_groupClause,
7644 havingQual,
7645 agg_final_costs,
7647 }
7648 }
7649
7650 /*
7651 * When partitionwise aggregate is used, we might have fully aggregated
7652 * paths in the partial pathlist, because add_paths_to_append_rel() will
7653 * consider a path for grouped_rel consisting of a Parallel Append of
7654 * non-partial paths from each child.
7655 */
7656 if (grouped_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
7657 gather_grouping_paths(root, grouped_rel);
7658}
7659
7660/*
7661 * create_partial_grouping_paths
7662 *
7663 * Create a new upper relation representing the result of partial aggregation
7664 * and populate it with appropriate paths. Note that we don't finalize the
7665 * lists of paths here, so the caller can add additional partial or non-partial
7666 * paths and must afterward call gather_grouping_paths and set_cheapest on
7667 * the returned upper relation.
7668 *
7669 * All paths for this new upper relation -- both partial and non-partial --
7670 * have been partially aggregated but require a subsequent FinalizeAggregate
7671 * step.
7672 *
7673 * NB: This function is allowed to return NULL if it determines that there is
7674 * no real need to create a new RelOptInfo.
7675 */
7676static RelOptInfo *
7678 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
7681 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
7682 bool force_rel_creation)
7683{
7684 Query *parse = root->parse;
7687 AggClauseCosts *agg_partial_costs = &extra->agg_partial_costs;
7688 AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
7690 Path *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
7691 double dNumPartialGroups = 0;
7692 double dNumPartialPartialGroups = 0;
7693 ListCell *lc;
7694 bool can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
7695 bool can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
7696
7697 /*
7698 * Check whether any partially aggregated paths have been generated
7699 * through eager aggregation.
7700 */
7701 if (input_rel->grouped_rel &&
7702 !IS_DUMMY_REL(input_rel->grouped_rel) &&
7703 input_rel->grouped_rel->pathlist != NIL)
7704 eager_agg_rel = input_rel->grouped_rel;
7705
7706 /*
7707 * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
7708 * paths. We can only do this if we have a non-partial path, and only if
7709 * the parent of the input rel is performing partial partitionwise
7710 * aggregation. (Note that extra->patype is the type of partitionwise
7711 * aggregation being used at the parent level, not this level.)
7712 */
7713 if (input_rel->pathlist != NIL &&
7715 cheapest_total_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7716
7717 /*
7718 * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
7719 * generating partially-grouped partial paths. However, if the input rel
7720 * has no partial paths, then we can't.
7721 */
7722 if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
7723 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
7724
7725 /*
7726 * If we can't partially aggregate partial paths, and we can't partially
7727 * aggregate non-partial paths, and no partially aggregated paths were
7728 * generated by eager aggregation, then don't bother creating the new
7729 * RelOptInfo at all, unless the caller specified force_rel_creation.
7730 */
7731 if (cheapest_total_path == NULL &&
7733 eager_agg_rel == NULL &&
7735 return NULL;
7736
7737 /*
7738 * Build a new upper relation to represent the result of partially
7739 * aggregating the rows from the input relation.
7740 */
7743 grouped_rel->relids);
7744 partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel =
7745 grouped_rel->consider_parallel;
7746 partially_grouped_rel->pgs_mask = grouped_rel->pgs_mask;
7747 partially_grouped_rel->reloptkind = grouped_rel->reloptkind;
7748 partially_grouped_rel->serverid = grouped_rel->serverid;
7749 partially_grouped_rel->userid = grouped_rel->userid;
7750 partially_grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = grouped_rel->useridiscurrent;
7751 partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine = grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
7752
7753 /*
7754 * Build target list for partial aggregate paths. These paths cannot just
7755 * emit the same tlist as regular aggregate paths, because (1) we must
7756 * include Vars and Aggrefs needed in HAVING, which might not appear in
7757 * the result tlist, and (2) the Aggrefs must be set in partial mode.
7758 */
7761 extra->havingQual);
7762
7763 if (!extra->partial_costs_set)
7764 {
7765 /*
7766 * Collect statistics about aggregates for estimating costs of
7767 * performing aggregation in parallel.
7768 */
7769 MemSet(agg_partial_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
7770 MemSet(agg_final_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
7771 if (parse->hasAggs)
7772 {
7773 /* partial phase */
7775 agg_partial_costs);
7776
7777 /* final phase */
7779 agg_final_costs);
7780 }
7781
7782 extra->partial_costs_set = true;
7783 }
7784
7785 /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
7786 if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7789 cheapest_total_path->rows,
7790 gd,
7791 extra->targetList);
7796 gd,
7797 extra->targetList);
7798
7799 if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7800 {
7801 /* This should have been checked previously */
7802 Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
7803
7804 /*
7805 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
7806 * sorting the cheapest partial path.
7807 */
7808 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
7809 {
7810 ListCell *lc2;
7811 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7812 Path *path_save = path;
7814
7815 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7817
7819
7820 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7821 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7822 {
7824
7825 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7826 path = path_save;
7827
7828 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7830 path,
7831 cheapest_total_path,
7832 info->pathkeys,
7833 -1.0);
7834
7835 if (path == NULL)
7836 continue;
7837
7838 if (parse->hasAggs)
7842 path,
7843 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7844 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7846 info->clauses,
7847 NIL,
7848 agg_partial_costs,
7850 else
7854 path,
7855 info->clauses,
7856 NIL,
7858 }
7859 }
7860 }
7861
7863 {
7864 /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
7865 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
7866 {
7867 ListCell *lc2;
7868 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7869 Path *path_save = path;
7871
7872 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7874
7876
7877 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7878 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7879 {
7881
7882
7883 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7884 path = path_save;
7885
7886 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7888 path,
7890 info->pathkeys,
7891 -1.0);
7892
7893 if (path == NULL)
7894 continue;
7895
7896 if (parse->hasAggs)
7900 path,
7901 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7902 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7904 info->clauses,
7905 NIL,
7906 agg_partial_costs,
7908 else
7912 path,
7913 info->clauses,
7914 NIL,
7916 }
7917 }
7918 }
7919
7920 /*
7921 * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
7922 */
7923 if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7924 {
7925 /* Checked above */
7926 Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
7927
7931 cheapest_total_path,
7932 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7933 AGG_HASHED,
7935 root->processed_groupClause,
7936 NIL,
7937 agg_partial_costs,
7939 }
7940
7941 /*
7942 * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
7943 */
7945 {
7950 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7951 AGG_HASHED,
7953 root->processed_groupClause,
7954 NIL,
7955 agg_partial_costs,
7957 }
7958
7959 /*
7960 * Add any partially aggregated paths generated by eager aggregation to
7961 * the new upper relation after applying projection steps as needed.
7962 */
7963 if (eager_agg_rel)
7964 {
7965 /* Add the paths */
7966 foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->pathlist)
7967 {
7968 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7969
7970 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
7971 Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
7972
7973 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
7975 path,
7976 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
7977
7979 }
7980
7981 /*
7982 * Likewise add the partial paths, but only if parallelism is possible
7983 * for partially_grouped_rel.
7984 */
7985 if (partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel)
7986 {
7987 foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->partial_pathlist)
7988 {
7989 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7990
7991 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
7992 Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
7993
7994 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
7996 path,
7997 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
7998
8000 }
8001 }
8002 }
8003
8004 /*
8005 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
8006 * let it consider adding partially grouped ForeignPaths.
8007 */
8008 if (partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
8009 partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
8010 {
8011 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
8012
8013 fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
8016 extra);
8017 }
8018
8019 return partially_grouped_rel;
8020}
8021
8022/*
8023 * make_ordered_path
8024 * Return a path ordered by 'pathkeys' based on the given 'path'. May
8025 * return NULL if it doesn't make sense to generate an ordered path in
8026 * this case.
8027 */
8028static Path *
8030 Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
8031{
8032 bool is_sorted;
8033 int presorted_keys;
8034
8036 path->pathkeys,
8037 &presorted_keys);
8038
8039 if (!is_sorted)
8040 {
8041 /*
8042 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
8043 * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
8044 * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
8045 * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
8046 */
8047 if (path != cheapest_path &&
8048 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
8049 return NULL;
8050
8051 /*
8052 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
8053 * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
8054 * sort when there are presorted keys.
8055 */
8056 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
8057 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
8058 rel,
8059 path,
8060 pathkeys,
8061 limit_tuples);
8062 else
8064 rel,
8065 path,
8066 pathkeys,
8067 presorted_keys,
8068 limit_tuples);
8069 }
8070
8071 return path;
8072}
8073
8074/*
8075 * Generate Gather and Gather Merge paths for a grouping relation or partial
8076 * grouping relation.
8077 *
8078 * generate_useful_gather_paths does most of the work, but we also consider a
8079 * special case: we could try sorting the data by the group_pathkeys and then
8080 * applying Gather Merge.
8081 *
8082 * NB: This function shouldn't be used for anything other than a grouped or
8083 * partially grouped relation not only because of the fact that it explicitly
8084 * references group_pathkeys but we pass "true" as the third argument to
8085 * generate_useful_gather_paths().
8086 */
8087static void
8089{
8090 ListCell *lc;
8093
8094 /*
8095 * This occurs after any partial aggregation has taken place, so trim off
8096 * any pathkeys added for ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates.
8097 */
8098 if (list_length(root->group_pathkeys) > root->num_groupby_pathkeys)
8099 groupby_pathkeys = list_copy_head(root->group_pathkeys,
8100 root->num_groupby_pathkeys);
8101 else
8102 groupby_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
8103
8104 /* Try Gather for unordered paths and Gather Merge for ordered ones. */
8106
8108
8109 /* XXX Shouldn't this also consider the group-key-reordering? */
8110 foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
8111 {
8112 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8113 bool is_sorted;
8114 int presorted_keys;
8115 double total_groups;
8116
8118 path->pathkeys,
8119 &presorted_keys);
8120
8121 if (is_sorted)
8122 continue;
8123
8124 /*
8125 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
8126 * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
8127 * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
8128 * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
8129 */
8130 if (path != cheapest_partial_path &&
8131 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
8132 continue;
8133
8134 /*
8135 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
8136 * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
8137 * sort when there are presorted keys.
8138 */
8139 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
8140 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, rel, path,
8142 -1.0);
8143 else
8145 rel,
8146 path,
8148 presorted_keys,
8149 -1.0);
8151 path = (Path *)
8153 rel,
8154 path,
8155 rel->reltarget,
8157 NULL,
8158 &total_groups);
8159
8160 add_path(rel, path);
8161 }
8162}
8163
8164/*
8165 * can_partial_agg
8166 *
8167 * Determines whether or not partial grouping and/or aggregation is possible.
8168 * Returns true when possible, false otherwise.
8169 */
8170static bool
8172{
8173 Query *parse = root->parse;
8174
8175 if (!parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL)
8176 {
8177 /*
8178 * We don't know how to do parallel aggregation unless we have either
8179 * some aggregates or a grouping clause.
8180 */
8181 return false;
8182 }
8183 else if (parse->groupingSets)
8184 {
8185 /* We don't know how to do grouping sets in parallel. */
8186 return false;
8187 }
8188 else if (root->hasNonPartialAggs || root->hasNonSerialAggs)
8189 {
8190 /* Insufficient support for partial mode. */
8191 return false;
8192 }
8193
8194 /* Everything looks good. */
8195 return true;
8196}
8197
8198/*
8199 * apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths
8200 *
8201 * Adjust the final scan/join relation, and recursively all of its children,
8202 * to generate the final scan/join target. It would be more correct to model
8203 * this as a separate planning step with a new RelOptInfo at the toplevel and
8204 * for each child relation, but doing it this way is noticeably cheaper.
8205 * Maybe that problem can be solved at some point, but for now we do this.
8206 *
8207 * If tlist_same_exprs is true, then the scan/join target to be applied has
8208 * the same expressions as the existing reltarget, so we need only insert the
8209 * appropriate sortgroupref information. By avoiding the creation of
8210 * projection paths we save effort both immediately and at plan creation time.
8211 */
8212static void
8214 RelOptInfo *rel,
8218 bool tlist_same_exprs)
8219{
8222 ListCell *lc;
8223
8224 /* This recurses, so be paranoid. */
8226
8227 /*
8228 * If the rel only has Append and MergeAppend paths, we want to drop its
8229 * existing paths and generate new ones. This function would still be
8230 * correct if we kept the existing paths: we'd modify them to generate the
8231 * correct target above the partitioning Append, and then they'd compete
8232 * on cost with paths generating the target below the Append. However, in
8233 * our current cost model the latter way is always the same or cheaper
8234 * cost, so modifying the existing paths would just be useless work.
8235 * Moreover, when the cost is the same, varying roundoff errors might
8236 * sometimes allow an existing path to be picked, resulting in undesirable
8237 * cross-platform plan variations. So we drop old paths and thereby force
8238 * the work to be done below the Append.
8239 *
8240 * However, there are several cases when this optimization is not safe. If
8241 * the rel isn't partitioned, then none of the paths will be Append or
8242 * MergeAppend paths, so we should definitely not do this. If it is
8243 * partitioned but is a joinrel, it may have Append and MergeAppend paths,
8244 * but it can also have join paths that we can't afford to discard.
8245 *
8246 * Some care is needed, because we have to allow
8247 * generate_useful_gather_paths to see the old partial paths in the next
8248 * stanza. Hence, zap the main pathlist here, then allow
8249 * generate_useful_gather_paths to add path(s) to the main list, and
8250 * finally zap the partial pathlist.
8251 */
8253 rel->pathlist = NIL;
8254
8255 /*
8256 * If the scan/join target is not parallel-safe, partial paths cannot
8257 * generate it.
8258 */
8260 {
8261 /*
8262 * Since we can't generate the final scan/join target in parallel
8263 * workers, this is our last opportunity to use any partial paths that
8264 * exist; so build Gather path(s) that use them and emit whatever the
8265 * current reltarget is. We don't do this in the case where the
8266 * target is parallel-safe, since we will be able to generate superior
8267 * paths by doing it after the final scan/join target has been
8268 * applied.
8269 */
8271
8272 /* Can't use parallel query above this level. */
8273 rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8274 rel->consider_parallel = false;
8275 }
8276
8277 /* Finish dropping old paths for a partitioned rel, per comment above */
8279 rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8280
8281 /* Extract SRF-free scan/join target. */
8283
8284 /*
8285 * Apply the SRF-free scan/join target to each existing path.
8286 *
8287 * If the tlist exprs are the same, we can just inject the sortgroupref
8288 * information into the existing pathtargets. Otherwise, replace each
8289 * path with a projection path that generates the SRF-free scan/join
8290 * target. This can't change the ordering of paths within rel->pathlist,
8291 * so we just modify the list in place.
8292 */
8293 foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
8294 {
8295 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8296
8297 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8298 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
8299
8300 if (tlist_same_exprs)
8301 subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
8302 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
8303 else
8304 {
8305 Path *newpath;
8306
8309 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
8310 }
8311 }
8312
8313 /* Likewise adjust the targets for any partial paths. */
8314 foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
8315 {
8316 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8317
8318 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8319 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
8320
8321 if (tlist_same_exprs)
8322 subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
8323 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
8324 else
8325 {
8326 Path *newpath;
8327
8330 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
8331 }
8332 }
8333
8334 /*
8335 * Now, if final scan/join target contains SRFs, insert ProjectSetPath(s)
8336 * atop each existing path. (Note that this function doesn't look at the
8337 * cheapest-path fields, which is a good thing because they're bogus right
8338 * now.)
8339 */
8340 if (root->parse->hasTargetSRFs)
8344
8345 /*
8346 * Update the rel's target to be the final (with SRFs) scan/join target.
8347 * This now matches the actual output of all the paths, and we might get
8348 * confused in createplan.c if they don't agree. We must do this now so
8349 * that any append paths made in the next part will use the correct
8350 * pathtarget (cf. create_append_path).
8351 *
8352 * Note that this is also necessary if GetForeignUpperPaths() gets called
8353 * on the final scan/join relation or on any of its children, since the
8354 * FDW might look at the rel's target to create ForeignPaths.
8355 */
8357
8358 /*
8359 * If the relation is partitioned, recursively apply the scan/join target
8360 * to all partitions, and generate brand-new Append paths in which the
8361 * scan/join target is computed below the Append rather than above it.
8362 * Since Append is not projection-capable, that might save a separate
8363 * Result node, and it also is important for partitionwise aggregate.
8364 */
8366 {
8368 int i;
8369
8370 /* Adjust each partition. */
8371 i = -1;
8372 while ((i = bms_next_member(rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
8373 {
8374 RelOptInfo *child_rel = rel->part_rels[i];
8375 AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
8376 int nappinfos;
8378
8379 Assert(child_rel != NULL);
8380
8381 /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
8383 continue;
8384
8385 /* Translate scan/join targets for this child. */
8386 appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_rel->relids,
8387 &nappinfos);
8388 foreach(lc, scanjoin_targets)
8389 {
8390 PathTarget *target = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc);
8391
8392 target = copy_pathtarget(target);
8393 target->exprs = (List *)
8395 (Node *) target->exprs,
8396 nappinfos, appinfos);
8398 target);
8399 }
8400 pfree(appinfos);
8401
8402 /* Recursion does the real work. */
8408
8409 /* Save non-dummy children for Append paths. */
8410 if (!IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
8412 }
8413
8414 /* Build new paths for this relation by appending child paths. */
8416 }
8417
8418 /*
8419 * Consider generating Gather or Gather Merge paths. We must only do this
8420 * if the relation is parallel safe, and we don't do it for child rels to
8421 * avoid creating multiple Gather nodes within the same plan. We must do
8422 * this after all paths have been generated and before set_cheapest, since
8423 * one of the generated paths may turn out to be the cheapest one.
8424 */
8425 if (rel->consider_parallel && !IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
8427
8428 /*
8429 * Reassess which paths are the cheapest, now that we've potentially added
8430 * new Gather (or Gather Merge) and/or Append (or MergeAppend) paths to
8431 * this relation.
8432 */
8433 set_cheapest(rel);
8434}
8435
8436/*
8437 * create_partitionwise_grouping_paths
8438 *
8439 * If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY clause, all
8440 * the rows belonging to a given group come from a single partition. This
8441 * allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned relation to be broken down
8442 * into aggregation/grouping on each partition. This should be no worse, and
8443 * often better, than the normal approach.
8444 *
8445 * However, if the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys,
8446 * rows from a given group may be spread across multiple partitions. In that
8447 * case, we perform partial aggregation for each group, append the results,
8448 * and then finalize aggregation. This is less certain to win than the
8449 * previous case. It may win if the PartialAggregate stage greatly reduces
8450 * the number of groups, because fewer rows will pass through the Append node.
8451 * It may lose if we have lots of small groups.
8452 */
8453static void
8456 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
8461 GroupPathExtraData *extra)
8462{
8465 PathTarget *target = grouped_rel->reltarget;
8466 bool partial_grouping_valid = true;
8467 int i;
8468
8472
8473 /* Add paths for partitionwise aggregation/grouping. */
8474 i = -1;
8475 while ((i = bms_next_member(input_rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
8476 {
8477 RelOptInfo *child_input_rel = input_rel->part_rels[i];
8479 AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
8480 int nappinfos;
8484
8486
8487 /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
8489 continue;
8490
8491 child_target = copy_pathtarget(target);
8492
8493 /*
8494 * Copy the given "extra" structure as is and then override the
8495 * members specific to this child.
8496 */
8497 memcpy(&child_extra, extra, sizeof(child_extra));
8498
8499 appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_input_rel->relids,
8500 &nappinfos);
8501
8502 child_target->exprs = (List *)
8504 (Node *) target->exprs,
8505 nappinfos, appinfos);
8506
8507 /* Translate havingQual and targetList. */
8508 child_extra.havingQual = (Node *)
8510 extra->havingQual,
8511 nappinfos, appinfos);
8512 child_extra.targetList = (List *)
8514 (Node *) extra->targetList,
8515 nappinfos, appinfos);
8516
8517 /*
8518 * extra->patype was the value computed for our parent rel; patype is
8519 * the value for this relation. For the child, our value is its
8520 * parent rel's value.
8521 */
8522 child_extra.patype = patype;
8523
8524 /*
8525 * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
8526 * aggregation paths for the child.
8527 */
8530 extra->target_parallel_safe,
8531 child_extra.havingQual);
8532
8533 /* Create grouping paths for this child relation. */
8538
8540 {
8544 }
8545 else
8546 partial_grouping_valid = false;
8547
8548 if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
8549 {
8553 }
8554
8555 pfree(appinfos);
8556 }
8557
8558 /*
8559 * Try to create append paths for partially grouped children. For full
8560 * partitionwise aggregation, we might have paths in the partial_pathlist
8561 * if parallel aggregation is possible. For partial partitionwise
8562 * aggregation, we may have paths in both pathlist and partial_pathlist.
8563 *
8564 * NB: We must have a partially grouped path for every child in order to
8565 * generate a partially grouped path for this relation.
8566 */
8568 {
8570
8573 }
8574
8575 /* If possible, create append paths for fully grouped children. */
8576 if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
8577 {
8579
8581 }
8582}
8583
8584/*
8585 * group_by_has_partkey
8586 *
8587 * Returns true if all the partition keys of the given relation are part of
8588 * the GROUP BY clauses, including having matching collation, false otherwise.
8589 */
8590static bool
8592 List *targetList,
8593 List *groupClause)
8594{
8595 List *groupexprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(groupClause, targetList);
8596 int cnt = 0;
8597 int partnatts;
8598
8599 /* Input relation should be partitioned. */
8600 Assert(input_rel->part_scheme);
8601
8602 /* Rule out early, if there are no partition keys present. */
8603 if (!input_rel->partexprs)
8604 return false;
8605
8606 partnatts = input_rel->part_scheme->partnatts;
8607
8608 for (cnt = 0; cnt < partnatts; cnt++)
8609 {
8610 List *partexprs = input_rel->partexprs[cnt];
8611 ListCell *lc;
8612 bool found = false;
8613
8614 foreach(lc, partexprs)
8615 {
8616 ListCell *lg;
8617 Expr *partexpr = lfirst(lc);
8618 Oid partcoll = input_rel->part_scheme->partcollation[cnt];
8619
8620 foreach(lg, groupexprs)
8621 {
8622 Expr *groupexpr = lfirst(lg);
8624
8625 /*
8626 * Note: we can assume there is at most one RelabelType node;
8627 * eval_const_expressions() will have simplified if more than
8628 * one.
8629 */
8631 groupexpr = ((RelabelType *) groupexpr)->arg;
8632
8633 if (equal(groupexpr, partexpr))
8634 {
8635 /*
8636 * Reject a match if the grouping collation does not match
8637 * the partitioning collation.
8638 */
8641 return false;
8642
8643 found = true;
8644 break;
8645 }
8646 }
8647
8648 if (found)
8649 break;
8650 }
8651
8652 /*
8653 * If none of the partition key expressions match with any of the
8654 * GROUP BY expression, return false.
8655 */
8656 if (!found)
8657 return false;
8658 }
8659
8660 return true;
8661}
8662
8663/*
8664 * generate_setop_child_grouplist
8665 * Build a SortGroupClause list defining the sort/grouping properties
8666 * of the child of a set operation.
8667 *
8668 * This is similar to generate_setop_grouplist() but differs as the setop
8669 * child query's targetlist entries may already have a tleSortGroupRef
8670 * assigned for other purposes, such as GROUP BYs. Here we keep the
8671 * SortGroupClause list in the same order as 'op' groupClauses and just adjust
8672 * the tleSortGroupRef to reference the TargetEntry's 'ressortgroupref'. If
8673 * any of the columns in the targetlist don't match to the setop's colTypes
8674 * then we return an empty list. This may leave some TLEs with unreferenced
8675 * ressortgroupref markings, but that's harmless.
8676 */
8677static List *
8679{
8680 List *grouplist = copyObject(op->groupClauses);
8681 ListCell *lg;
8682 ListCell *lt;
8683 ListCell *ct;
8684
8686 ct = list_head(op->colTypes);
8687 foreach(lt, targetlist)
8688 {
8689 TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lt);
8691 Oid coltype;
8692
8693 /* resjunk columns could have sortgrouprefs. Leave these alone */
8694 if (tle->resjunk)
8695 continue;
8696
8697 /*
8698 * We expect every non-resjunk target to have a SortGroupClause and
8699 * colTypes.
8700 */
8701 Assert(lg != NULL);
8702 Assert(ct != NULL);
8704 coltype = lfirst_oid(ct);
8705
8706 /* reject if target type isn't the same as the setop target type */
8707 if (coltype != exprType((Node *) tle->expr))
8708 return NIL;
8709
8710 lg = lnext(grouplist, lg);
8711 ct = lnext(op->colTypes, ct);
8712
8713 /* assign a tleSortGroupRef, or reuse the existing one */
8714 sgc->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, targetlist);
8715 }
8716
8717 Assert(lg == NULL);
8718 Assert(ct == NULL);
8719
8720 return grouplist;
8721}
8722
8723/*
8724 * create_unique_paths
8725 * Build a new RelOptInfo containing Paths that represent elimination of
8726 * distinct rows from the input data. Distinct-ness is defined according to
8727 * the needs of the semijoin represented by sjinfo. If it is not possible
8728 * to identify how to make the data unique, NULL is returned.
8729 *
8730 * If used at all, this is likely to be called repeatedly on the same rel,
8731 * so we cache the result.
8732 */
8733RelOptInfo *
8735{
8736 RelOptInfo *unique_rel;
8738 List *groupClause = NIL;
8739 MemoryContext oldcontext;
8740
8741 /* Caller made a mistake if SpecialJoinInfo is the wrong one */
8742 Assert(sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_SEMI);
8743 Assert(bms_equal(rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand));
8744
8745 /* If result already cached, return it */
8746 if (rel->unique_rel)
8747 return rel->unique_rel;
8748
8749 /* If it's not possible to unique-ify, return NULL */
8750 if (!(sjinfo->semi_can_btree || sjinfo->semi_can_hash))
8751 return NULL;
8752
8753 /*
8754 * Punt if this is a child relation and we failed to build a unique-ified
8755 * relation for its parent. This can happen if all the RHS columns were
8756 * found to be equated to constants when unique-ifying the parent table,
8757 * leaving no columns to unique-ify.
8758 */
8759 if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel) && rel->top_parent->unique_rel == NULL)
8760 return NULL;
8761
8762 /*
8763 * When called during GEQO join planning, we are in a short-lived memory
8764 * context. We must make sure that the unique rel and any subsidiary data
8765 * structures created for a baserel survive the GEQO cycle, else the
8766 * baserel is trashed for future GEQO cycles. On the other hand, when we
8767 * are creating those for a joinrel during GEQO, we don't want them to
8768 * clutter the main planning context. Upshot is that the best solution is
8769 * to explicitly allocate memory in the same context the given RelOptInfo
8770 * is in.
8771 */
8773
8774 unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
8775 memcpy(unique_rel, rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
8776
8777 /*
8778 * clear path info
8779 */
8780 unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
8781 unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
8782 unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8783 unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
8784 unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
8785 unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
8786
8787 /*
8788 * Build the target list for the unique rel. We also build the pathkeys
8789 * that represent the ordering requirements for the sort-based
8790 * implementation, and the list of SortGroupClause nodes that represent
8791 * the columns to be grouped on for the hash-based implementation.
8792 *
8793 * For a child rel, we can construct these fields from those of its
8794 * parent.
8795 */
8796 if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
8797 {
8800
8801 parent_unique_target = rel->top_parent->unique_rel->reltarget;
8802
8804
8805 /* Translate the target expressions */
8806 child_unique_target->exprs = (List *)
8808 (Node *) parent_unique_target->exprs,
8809 rel,
8810 rel->top_parent);
8811
8812 unique_rel->reltarget = child_unique_target;
8813
8814 sortPathkeys = rel->top_parent->unique_pathkeys;
8815 groupClause = rel->top_parent->unique_groupclause;
8816 }
8817 else
8818 {
8819 List *newtlist;
8820 int nextresno;
8821 List *sortList = NIL;
8822 ListCell *lc1;
8823 ListCell *lc2;
8824
8825 /*
8826 * The values we are supposed to unique-ify may be expressions in the
8827 * variables of the input rel's targetlist. We have to add any such
8828 * expressions to the unique rel's targetlist.
8829 *
8830 * To complicate matters, some of the values to be unique-ified may be
8831 * known redundant by the EquivalenceClass machinery (e.g., because
8832 * they have been equated to constants). There is no need to compare
8833 * such values during unique-ification, and indeed we had better not
8834 * try because the Vars involved may not have propagated as high as
8835 * the semijoin's level. We use make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses to
8836 * detect such cases, which is a tad inefficient but it doesn't seem
8837 * worth building specialized infrastructure for this.
8838 */
8841
8842 forboth(lc1, sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs, lc2, sjinfo->semi_operators)
8843 {
8844 Expr *uniqexpr = lfirst(lc1);
8846 Oid sortop;
8848 bool made_tle = false;
8849
8851 if (!tle)
8852 {
8854 nextresno,
8855 NULL,
8856 false);
8858 nextresno++;
8859 made_tle = true;
8860 }
8861
8862 /*
8863 * Try to build an ORDER BY list to sort the input compatibly. We
8864 * do this for each sortable clause even when the clauses are not
8865 * all sortable, so that we can detect clauses that are redundant
8866 * according to the pathkey machinery.
8867 */
8869 if (OidIsValid(sortop))
8870 {
8871 Oid eqop;
8873
8874 /*
8875 * The Unique node will need equality operators. Normally
8876 * these are the same as the IN clause operators, but if those
8877 * are cross-type operators then the equality operators are
8878 * the ones for the IN clause operators' RHS datatype.
8879 */
8880 eqop = get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(sortop, NULL);
8881 if (!OidIsValid(eqop)) /* shouldn't happen */
8882 elog(ERROR, "could not find equality operator for ordering operator %u",
8883 sortop);
8884
8886 sortcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
8887 sortcl->eqop = eqop;
8888 sortcl->sortop = sortop;
8889 sortcl->reverse_sort = false;
8890 sortcl->nulls_first = false;
8891 sortcl->hashable = false; /* no need to make this accurate */
8893
8894 /*
8895 * At each step, convert the SortGroupClause list to pathkey
8896 * form. If the just-added SortGroupClause is redundant, the
8897 * result will be shorter than the SortGroupClause list.
8898 */
8900 newtlist);
8902 {
8903 /* Drop the redundant SortGroupClause */
8906 /* Undo tlist addition, if we made one */
8907 if (made_tle)
8908 {
8910 nextresno--;
8911 }
8912 /* We need not consider this clause for hashing, either */
8913 continue;
8914 }
8915 }
8916 else if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree) /* shouldn't happen */
8917 elog(ERROR, "could not find ordering operator for equality operator %u",
8918 in_oper);
8919
8920 if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
8921 {
8922 /* Create a GROUP BY list for the Agg node to use */
8923 Oid eq_oper;
8925
8926 /*
8927 * Get the hashable equality operators for the Agg node to
8928 * use. Normally these are the same as the IN clause
8929 * operators, but if those are cross-type operators then the
8930 * equality operators are the ones for the IN clause
8931 * operators' RHS datatype.
8932 */
8934 elog(ERROR, "could not find compatible hash operator for operator %u",
8935 in_oper);
8936
8938 groupcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
8939 groupcl->eqop = eq_oper;
8940 groupcl->sortop = sortop;
8941 groupcl->reverse_sort = false;
8942 groupcl->nulls_first = false;
8943 groupcl->hashable = true;
8944 groupClause = lappend(groupClause, groupcl);
8945 }
8946 }
8947
8948 /*
8949 * Done building the sortPathkeys and groupClause. But the
8950 * sortPathkeys are bogus if not all the clauses were sortable.
8951 */
8952 if (!sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
8953 sortPathkeys = NIL;
8954
8955 /*
8956 * It can happen that all the RHS columns are equated to constants.
8957 * We'd have to do something special to unique-ify in that case, and
8958 * it's such an unlikely-in-the-real-world case that it's not worth
8959 * the effort. So just punt if we found no columns to unique-ify.
8960 */
8961 if (sortPathkeys == NIL && groupClause == NIL)
8962 {
8963 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
8964 return NULL;
8965 }
8966
8967 /* Convert the required targetlist back to PathTarget form */
8968 unique_rel->reltarget = create_pathtarget(root, newtlist);
8969 }
8970
8971 /* build unique paths based on input rel's pathlist */
8972 create_final_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
8973 sjinfo, unique_rel);
8974
8975 /* build unique paths based on input rel's partial_pathlist */
8977 sjinfo, unique_rel);
8978
8979 /* Now choose the best path(s) */
8980 set_cheapest(unique_rel);
8981
8982 /*
8983 * There shouldn't be any partial paths for the unique relation;
8984 * otherwise, we won't be able to properly guarantee uniqueness.
8985 */
8986 Assert(unique_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL);
8987
8988 /* Cache the result */
8989 rel->unique_rel = unique_rel;
8991 rel->unique_groupclause = groupClause;
8992
8993 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
8994
8995 return unique_rel;
8996}
8997
8998/*
8999 * create_final_unique_paths
9000 * Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
9001 */
9002static void
9004 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
9005 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
9006{
9007 Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
9008
9009 /* Estimate number of output rows */
9010 unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
9011 sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
9012 cheapest_input_path->rows,
9013 NULL,
9014 NULL);
9015
9016 /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
9017 if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
9018 {
9019 ListCell *lc;
9020
9021 /*
9022 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
9023 * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
9024 * with presorted keys.
9025 *
9026 * To save planning time, we ignore parameterized input paths unless
9027 * they are the cheapest-total path.
9028 */
9029 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
9030 {
9031 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
9032 Path *path;
9033 bool is_sorted;
9034 int presorted_keys;
9035
9036 /*
9037 * Ignore parameterized paths that are not the cheapest-total
9038 * path.
9039 */
9040 if (input_path->param_info &&
9042 continue;
9043
9045 input_path->pathkeys,
9046 &presorted_keys);
9047
9048 /*
9049 * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
9050 * they are the cheapest total path (no need to deal with paths
9051 * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
9052 */
9054 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
9055 continue;
9056
9057 /*
9058 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9059 */
9060 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9061 unique_rel,
9062 input_path,
9063 unique_rel->reltarget);
9064
9065 if (!is_sorted)
9066 {
9067 /*
9068 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
9069 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
9070 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
9071 */
9072 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
9073 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
9074 unique_rel,
9075 path,
9077 -1.0);
9078 else
9080 unique_rel,
9081 path,
9083 presorted_keys,
9084 -1.0);
9085 }
9086
9087 path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, unique_rel, path,
9089 unique_rel->rows);
9090
9091 add_path(unique_rel, path);
9092 }
9093 }
9094
9095 /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
9096 if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
9097 {
9098 Path *path;
9099
9100 /*
9101 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9102 */
9103 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9104 unique_rel,
9106 unique_rel->reltarget);
9107
9108 path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
9109 unique_rel,
9110 path,
9111 cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
9112 AGG_HASHED,
9114 groupClause,
9115 NIL,
9116 NULL,
9117 unique_rel->rows);
9118
9119 add_path(unique_rel, path);
9120 }
9121}
9122
9123/*
9124 * create_partial_unique_paths
9125 * Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' partial_pathlist
9126 */
9127static void
9129 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
9130 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
9131{
9134
9135 /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
9136 if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
9137 return;
9138
9139 /*
9140 * nothing to do if there's anything in the targetlist that's
9141 * parallel-restricted.
9142 */
9143 if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) unique_rel->reltarget->exprs))
9144 return;
9145
9146 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
9147
9150
9151 /*
9152 * clear path info
9153 */
9154 partial_unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
9155 partial_unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
9156 partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
9157 partial_unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
9158 partial_unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
9159 partial_unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
9160
9161 /* Estimate number of output rows */
9163 sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
9165 NULL,
9166 NULL);
9167 partial_unique_rel->reltarget = unique_rel->reltarget;
9168
9169 /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
9170 if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
9171 {
9172 ListCell *lc;
9173
9174 /*
9175 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
9176 * sorting the cheapest partial path and incremental sort on any paths
9177 * with presorted keys.
9178 */
9179 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
9180 {
9181 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
9182 Path *path;
9183 bool is_sorted;
9184 int presorted_keys;
9185
9187 input_path->pathkeys,
9188 &presorted_keys);
9189
9190 /*
9191 * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
9192 * they are the cheapest partial path (no need to deal with paths
9193 * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
9194 */
9196 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
9197 continue;
9198
9199 /*
9200 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9201 */
9202 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9204 input_path,
9205 partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
9206
9207 if (!is_sorted)
9208 {
9209 /*
9210 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
9211 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
9212 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
9213 */
9214 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
9215 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
9217 path,
9219 -1.0);
9220 else
9223 path,
9225 presorted_keys,
9226 -1.0);
9227 }
9228
9232
9234 }
9235 }
9236
9237 /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
9238 if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
9239 {
9240 Path *path;
9241
9242 /*
9243 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9244 */
9245 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9248 partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
9249
9250 path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
9252 path,
9253 cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
9254 AGG_HASHED,
9256 groupClause,
9257 NIL,
9258 NULL,
9259 partial_unique_rel->rows);
9260
9262 }
9263
9264 if (partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
9265 {
9268
9269 /*
9270 * Finally, create paths to unique-ify the final result. This step is
9271 * needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from parallel
9272 * workers.
9273 */
9275 sortPathkeys, groupClause,
9276 sjinfo, unique_rel);
9277 }
9278}
9279
9280/*
9281 * Choose a unique name for some subroot.
9282 *
9283 * Modifies glob->subplanNames to track names already used.
9284 */
9285char *
9287{
9288 unsigned n;
9289
9290 /*
9291 * If a numeric suffix is not required, then search the list of
9292 * previously-assigned names for a match. If none is found, then we can
9293 * use the provided name without modification.
9294 */
9295 if (!always_number)
9296 {
9297 bool found = false;
9298
9299 foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
9300 {
9301 if (strcmp(subplan_name, name) == 0)
9302 {
9303 found = true;
9304 break;
9305 }
9306 }
9307
9308 if (!found)
9309 {
9310 /* pstrdup here is just to avoid cast-away-const */
9311 char *chosen_name = pstrdup(name);
9312
9313 glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, chosen_name);
9314 return chosen_name;
9315 }
9316 }
9317
9318 /*
9319 * If a numeric suffix is required or if the un-suffixed name is already
9320 * in use, then loop until we find a positive integer that produces a
9321 * novel name.
9322 */
9323 for (n = 1; true; ++n)
9324 {
9325 char *proposed_name = psprintf("%s_%u", name, n);
9326 bool found = false;
9327
9328 foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
9329 {
9331 {
9332 found = true;
9333 break;
9334 }
9335 }
9336
9337 if (!found)
9338 {
9339 glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, proposed_name);
9340 return proposed_name;
9341 }
9342
9344 }
9345}
Datum idx(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition _int_op.c:263
@ ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV
Definition acl.h:185
void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, ObjectType objtype, const char *objectname)
Definition aclchk.c:2672
int compute_parallel_worker(RelOptInfo *rel, double heap_pages, double index_pages, int max_workers)
Definition allpaths.c:4794
void generate_useful_gather_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, bool override_rows)
Definition allpaths.c:3388
void add_paths_to_append_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *live_childrels)
Definition allpaths.c:1416
AppendRelInfo ** find_appinfos_by_relids(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids, int *nappinfos)
Definition appendinfo.c:809
Node * adjust_appendrel_attrs(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, int nappinfos, AppendRelInfo **appinfos)
Definition appendinfo.c:201
List * adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(PlannerInfo *root, List *attnums, Index child_relid, Index top_parent_relid)
Definition appendinfo.c:738
Node * adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, RelOptInfo *childrel, RelOptInfo *parentrel)
Definition appendinfo.c:597
void pprint(const void *obj)
Definition print.c:54
void pgstat_report_plan_id(int64 plan_id, bool force)
BipartiteMatchState * BipartiteMatch(int u_size, int v_size, short **adjacency)
void BipartiteMatchFree(BipartiteMatchState *state)
Bitmapset * bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:346
Bitmapset * bms_make_singleton(int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:216
bool bms_equal(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:142
int bms_next_member(const Bitmapset *a, int prevbit)
Definition bitmapset.c:1290
Bitmapset * bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:1145
Bitmapset * bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:852
bool bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:412
void bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:239
int bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:744
bool bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:510
Bitmapset * bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:799
BMS_Membership bms_membership(const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:765
bool bms_overlap_list(const Bitmapset *a, const List *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:601
#define bms_is_empty(a)
Definition bitmapset.h:118
@ BMS_MULTIPLE
Definition bitmapset.h:73
uint32 BlockNumber
Definition block.h:31
#define Min(x, y)
Definition c.h:1091
#define Max(x, y)
Definition c.h:1085
#define Assert(condition)
Definition c.h:943
int64_t int64
Definition c.h:621
unsigned int Index
Definition c.h:698
#define pg_fallthrough
Definition c.h:161
#define MemSet(start, val, len)
Definition c.h:1107
#define OidIsValid(objectId)
Definition c.h:858
size_t Size
Definition c.h:689
uint32 result
memcpy(sums, checksumBaseOffsets, sizeof(checksumBaseOffsets))
bool contain_agg_clause(Node *clause)
Definition clauses.c:194
Node * estimate_expression_value(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:2641
WindowFuncLists * find_window_functions(Node *clause, Index maxWinRef)
Definition clauses.c:244
Node * eval_const_expressions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:2500
void convert_saop_to_hashed_saop(Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:2533
char max_parallel_hazard(Query *parse)
Definition clauses.c:747
bool is_parallel_safe(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:766
bool contain_subplans(Node *clause)
Definition clauses.c:343
bool contain_volatile_functions(Node *clause)
Definition clauses.c:551
Oid collid
double cpu_operator_cost
Definition costsize.c:135
bool enable_partitionwise_aggregate
Definition costsize.c:161
bool enable_seqscan
Definition costsize.c:146
int max_parallel_workers_per_gather
Definition costsize.c:144
bool enable_memoize
Definition costsize.c:156
double parallel_setup_cost
Definition costsize.c:137
bool enable_gathermerge
Definition costsize.c:159
double parallel_tuple_cost
Definition costsize.c:136
void cost_sort(Path *path, PlannerInfo *root, List *pathkeys, int input_disabled_nodes, Cost input_cost, double tuples, int width, Cost comparison_cost, int sort_mem, double limit_tuples)
Definition costsize.c:2201
bool enable_indexonlyscan
Definition costsize.c:148
bool enable_tidscan
Definition costsize.c:150
bool enable_material
Definition costsize.c:155
bool enable_hashjoin
Definition costsize.c:158
bool enable_mergejoin
Definition costsize.c:157
double compute_gather_rows(Path *path)
Definition costsize.c:6769
void cost_qual_eval_node(QualCost *cost, Node *qual, PlannerInfo *root)
Definition costsize.c:4926
PathTarget * set_pathtarget_cost_width(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *target)
Definition costsize.c:6511
void cost_qual_eval(QualCost *cost, List *quals, PlannerInfo *root)
Definition costsize.c:4900
bool enable_presorted_aggregate
Definition costsize.c:165
bool enable_partitionwise_join
Definition costsize.c:160
bool enable_nestloop
Definition costsize.c:154
bool enable_bitmapscan
Definition costsize.c:149
bool enable_hashagg
Definition costsize.c:153
int32 clamp_width_est(int64 tuple_width)
Definition costsize.c:243
bool enable_indexscan
Definition costsize.c:147
bool enable_incremental_sort
Definition costsize.c:152
Plan * materialize_finished_plan(Plan *subplan)
Plan * create_plan(PlannerInfo *root, Path *best_path)
Definition createplan.c:339
Datum arg
Definition elog.c:1323
int errcode(int sqlerrcode)
Definition elog.c:875
int errdetail(const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(1
#define ERROR
Definition elog.h:40
#define elog(elevel,...)
Definition elog.h:228
#define ereport(elevel,...)
Definition elog.h:152
bool equal(const void *a, const void *b)
Definition equalfuncs.c:223
bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan(Plan *node)
Definition execAmi.c:512
bool ExecCheckOneRelPerms(RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo)
Definition execMain.c:657
#define palloc_array(type, count)
Definition fe_memutils.h:91
#define palloc0_object(type)
Definition fe_memutils.h:90
#define OidFunctionCall1(functionId, arg1)
Definition fmgr.h:726
FdwRoutine * GetFdwRoutineByRelId(Oid relid)
Definition foreign.c:451
int max_parallel_maintenance_workers
Definition globals.c:136
bool IsUnderPostmaster
Definition globals.c:122
int maintenance_work_mem
Definition globals.c:135
#define IsParallelWorker()
Definition parallel.h:62
void parse(int)
Definition parse.c:49
void index_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition indexam.c:178
Relation index_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition indexam.c:134
int b
Definition isn.c:74
int a
Definition isn.c:73
int j
Definition isn.c:78
int i
Definition isn.c:77
double jit_optimize_above_cost
Definition jit.c:42
bool jit_enabled
Definition jit.c:33
bool jit_expressions
Definition jit.c:37
bool jit_tuple_deforming
Definition jit.c:39
double jit_above_cost
Definition jit.c:40
double jit_inline_above_cost
Definition jit.c:41
#define PGJIT_OPT3
Definition jit.h:21
#define PGJIT_NONE
Definition jit.h:19
#define PGJIT_EXPR
Definition jit.h:23
#define PGJIT_DEFORM
Definition jit.h:24
#define PGJIT_INLINE
Definition jit.h:22
#define PGJIT_PERFORM
Definition jit.h:20
Bitmapset * DiscreteKnapsack(int max_weight, int num_items, int *item_weights, double *item_values)
Definition knapsack.c:51
List * lappend(List *list, void *datum)
Definition list.c:339
List * list_difference_int(const List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:1288
List * list_concat_unique_ptr(List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:1427
List * list_concat(List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:561
List * list_copy(const List *oldlist)
Definition list.c:1573
List * lappend_int(List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:357
List * lappend_oid(List *list, Oid datum)
Definition list.c:375
List * lcons(void *datum, List *list)
Definition list.c:495
List * list_delete_int(List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:891
List * list_delete_last(List *list)
Definition list.c:957
bool list_member_ptr(const List *list, const void *datum)
Definition list.c:682
void list_free(List *list)
Definition list.c:1546
bool list_member_int(const List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:702
List * list_truncate(List *list, int new_size)
Definition list.c:631
List * list_copy_head(const List *oldlist, int len)
Definition list.c:1593
List * list_concat_unique(List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:1405
#define NoLock
Definition lockdefs.h:34
#define AccessShareLock
Definition lockdefs.h:36
@ LockWaitBlock
Definition lockoptions.h:40
LockClauseStrength
Definition lockoptions.h:22
@ LCS_FORUPDATE
Definition lockoptions.h:28
@ LCS_NONE
Definition lockoptions.h:23
@ LCS_FORSHARE
Definition lockoptions.h:26
@ LCS_FORKEYSHARE
Definition lockoptions.h:25
@ LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE
Definition lockoptions.h:27
char * get_rel_name(Oid relid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2159
bool get_compatible_hash_operators(Oid opno, Oid *lhs_opno, Oid *rhs_opno)
Definition lsyscache.c:477
RegProcedure get_func_support(Oid funcid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2089
Oid get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(Oid opno, bool *reverse)
Definition lsyscache.c:326
Oid get_ordering_op_for_equality_op(Oid opno, bool use_lhs_type)
Definition lsyscache.c:364
bool get_collation_isdeterministic(Oid colloid)
Definition lsyscache.c:1211
int32 get_typavgwidth(Oid typid, int32 typmod)
Definition lsyscache.c:2811
Datum subpath(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition ltree_op.c:311
TargetEntry * makeTargetEntry(Expr *expr, AttrNumber resno, char *resname, bool resjunk)
Definition makefuncs.c:289
Expr * make_opclause(Oid opno, Oid opresulttype, bool opretset, Expr *leftop, Expr *rightop, Oid opcollid, Oid inputcollid)
Definition makefuncs.c:701
Const * makeConst(Oid consttype, int32 consttypmod, Oid constcollid, int constlen, Datum constvalue, bool constisnull, bool constbyval)
Definition makefuncs.c:350
List * make_ands_implicit(Expr *clause)
Definition makefuncs.c:810
char * pstrdup(const char *in)
Definition mcxt.c:1910
void pfree(void *pointer)
Definition mcxt.c:1619
void * palloc0(Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1420
void * palloc(Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1390
MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext
Definition mcxt.c:161
MemoryContext GetMemoryChunkContext(void *pointer)
Definition mcxt.c:759
Oid exprType(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:42
Oid exprInputCollation(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:1092
Oid exprCollation(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:826
bool expression_returns_set(Node *clause)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:768
void fix_opfuncids(Node *node)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:1859
#define expression_tree_walker(n, w, c)
Definition nodeFuncs.h:153
size_t get_hash_memory_limit(void)
Definition nodeHash.c:3680
#define DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(as)
Definition nodes.h:396
#define IsA(nodeptr, _type_)
Definition nodes.h:164
#define copyObject(obj)
Definition nodes.h:232
double Cost
Definition nodes.h:261
#define nodeTag(nodeptr)
Definition nodes.h:139
#define IS_OUTER_JOIN(jointype)
Definition nodes.h:348
@ CMD_MERGE
Definition nodes.h:279
@ CMD_DELETE
Definition nodes.h:278
@ CMD_UPDATE
Definition nodes.h:276
@ CMD_SELECT
Definition nodes.h:275
AggStrategy
Definition nodes.h:363
@ AGG_SORTED
Definition nodes.h:365
@ AGG_HASHED
Definition nodes.h:366
@ AGG_MIXED
Definition nodes.h:367
@ AGG_PLAIN
Definition nodes.h:364
#define DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(as)
Definition nodes.h:397
AggSplit
Definition nodes.h:385
@ AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL
Definition nodes.h:391
@ AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE
Definition nodes.h:387
@ AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL
Definition nodes.h:389
@ LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT
Definition nodes.h:442
#define makeNode(_type_)
Definition nodes.h:161
#define castNode(_type_, nodeptr)
Definition nodes.h:182
@ JOIN_SEMI
Definition nodes.h:317
static char * errmsg
#define PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES
Definition optimizer.h:198
#define PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS
Definition optimizer.h:200
@ DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS
Definition optimizer.h:98
@ DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF
Definition optimizer.h:96
#define PVC_INCLUDE_WINDOWFUNCS
Definition optimizer.h:199
#define PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS
Definition optimizer.h:201
#define PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES
Definition optimizer.h:197
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition palloc.h:138
int assign_special_exec_param(PlannerInfo *root)
List * expand_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, bool groupDistinct, int limit)
Definition parse_agg.c:2019
Index assignSortGroupRef(TargetEntry *tle, List *tlist)
RTEPermissionInfo * getRTEPermissionInfo(List *rteperminfos, RangeTblEntry *rte)
RTEPermissionInfo * addRTEPermissionInfo(List **rteperminfos, RangeTblEntry *rte)
#define CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL
#define CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN
@ RTE_JOIN
@ RTE_VALUES
@ RTE_SUBQUERY
@ RTE_RESULT
@ RTE_FUNCTION
@ RTE_TABLEFUNC
@ RTE_GROUP
@ RTE_RELATION
@ OBJECT_VIEW
#define CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK
void CheckSelectLocking(Query *qry, LockClauseStrength strength)
Definition analyze.c:3745
const char * LCS_asString(LockClauseStrength strength)
Definition analyze.c:3720
#define rt_fetch(rangetable_index, rangetable)
Definition parsetree.h:31
void DestroyPartitionDirectory(PartitionDirectory pdir)
Definition partdesc.c:484
List * append_pathkeys(List *target, List *source)
Definition pathkeys.c:107
bool pathkeys_count_contained_in(List *keys1, List *keys2, int *n_common)
Definition pathkeys.c:558
List * make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(PlannerInfo *root, List *sortclauses, List *tlist)
Definition pathkeys.c:1336
List * make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(PlannerInfo *root, List **sortclauses, List *tlist, bool remove_redundant, bool remove_group_rtindex, bool *sortable, bool set_ec_sortref)
Definition pathkeys.c:1381
bool pathkeys_contained_in(List *keys1, List *keys2)
Definition pathkeys.c:343
PathKeysComparison compare_pathkeys(List *keys1, List *keys2)
Definition pathkeys.c:304
List * get_useful_group_keys_orderings(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path)
Definition pathkeys.c:467
IndexPath * create_index_path(PlannerInfo *root, IndexOptInfo *index, List *indexclauses, List *indexorderbys, List *indexorderbycols, List *pathkeys, ScanDirection indexscandir, bool indexonly, Relids required_outer, double loop_count, bool partial_path)
Definition pathnode.c:1092
ProjectSetPath * create_set_projection_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target)
Definition pathnode.c:2785
ProjectionPath * create_projection_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target)
Definition pathnode.c:2587
WindowAggPath * create_windowagg_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target, List *windowFuncs, List *runCondition, WindowClause *winclause, List *qual, bool topwindow)
Definition pathnode.c:3393
LockRowsPath * create_lockrows_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *rowMarks, int epqParam)
Definition pathnode.c:3630
Path * apply_projection_to_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path, PathTarget *target)
Definition pathnode.c:2696
Path * create_seqscan_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Relids required_outer, int parallel_workers)
Definition pathnode.c:1026
GatherMergePath * create_gather_merge_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target, List *pathkeys, Relids required_outer, double *rows)
Definition pathnode.c:1813
void set_cheapest(RelOptInfo *parent_rel)
Definition pathnode.c:268
void add_partial_path(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, Path *new_path)
Definition pathnode.c:793
LimitPath * create_limit_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, Node *limitOffset, Node *limitCount, LimitOption limitOption, int64 offset_est, int64 count_est)
Definition pathnode.c:3793
ModifyTablePath * create_modifytable_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, CmdType operation, bool canSetTag, Index nominalRelation, Index rootRelation, List *resultRelations, List *updateColnosLists, List *withCheckOptionLists, List *returningLists, List *rowMarks, OnConflictExpr *onconflict, List *mergeActionLists, List *mergeJoinConditions, ForPortionOfExpr *forPortionOf, int epqParam)
Definition pathnode.c:3692
int compare_fractional_path_costs(Path *path1, Path *path2, double fraction)
Definition pathnode.c:123
IncrementalSortPath * create_incremental_sort_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *pathkeys, int presorted_keys, double limit_tuples)
Definition pathnode.c:2855
GroupingSetsPath * create_groupingsets_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *having_qual, AggStrategy aggstrategy, List *rollups, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs)
Definition pathnode.c:3139
SortPath * create_sort_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
Definition pathnode.c:2904
GroupPath * create_group_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *groupClause, List *qual, double numGroups)
Definition pathnode.c:2948
void add_path(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, Path *new_path)
Definition pathnode.c:459
AppendPath * create_append_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, AppendPathInput input, List *pathkeys, Relids required_outer, int parallel_workers, bool parallel_aware, double rows)
Definition pathnode.c:1352
UniquePath * create_unique_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, int numCols, double numGroups)
Definition pathnode.c:3005
AggPath * create_agg_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target, AggStrategy aggstrategy, AggSplit aggsplit, List *groupClause, List *qual, const AggClauseCosts *aggcosts, double numGroups)
Definition pathnode.c:3057
GroupResultPath * create_group_result_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, PathTarget *target, List *havingqual)
Definition pathnode.c:1664
#define PGS_NESTLOOP_MEMOIZE
Definition pathnodes.h:76
#define PGS_TIDSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:70
#define PGS_FOREIGNJOIN
Definition pathnodes.h:71
#define PGS_APPEND
Definition pathnodes.h:78
#define PGS_MERGE_APPEND
Definition pathnodes.h:79
PartitionwiseAggregateType
Definition pathnodes.h:3660
@ PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL
Definition pathnodes.h:3663
@ PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL
Definition pathnodes.h:3662
@ PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE
Definition pathnodes.h:3661
#define IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel)
Definition pathnodes.h:989
#define IS_DUMMY_REL(r)
Definition pathnodes.h:2299
#define PGS_SEQSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:66
#define PGS_CONSIDER_INDEXONLY
Definition pathnodes.h:82
#define PGS_NESTLOOP_MATERIALIZE
Definition pathnodes.h:75
#define PGS_MERGEJOIN_PLAIN
Definition pathnodes.h:72
#define GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH
Definition pathnodes.h:3645
#define PGS_MERGEJOIN_MATERIALIZE
Definition pathnodes.h:73
#define PGS_HASHJOIN
Definition pathnodes.h:77
#define get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(target, colno)
Definition pathnodes.h:1894
#define IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel)
Definition pathnodes.h:1231
#define PGS_CONSIDER_NONPARTIAL
Definition pathnodes.h:84
#define PGS_BITMAPSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:69
#define PGS_GATHER
Definition pathnodes.h:80
#define GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT
Definition pathnodes.h:3644
#define GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG
Definition pathnodes.h:3646
#define PGS_CONSIDER_PARTITIONWISE
Definition pathnodes.h:83
#define PGS_GATHER_MERGE
Definition pathnodes.h:81
@ UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG
Definition pathnodes.h:147
@ UPPERREL_FINAL
Definition pathnodes.h:152
@ UPPERREL_DISTINCT
Definition pathnodes.h:150
@ UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG
Definition pathnodes.h:145
@ UPPERREL_ORDERED
Definition pathnodes.h:151
@ UPPERREL_WINDOW
Definition pathnodes.h:148
@ UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT
Definition pathnodes.h:149
@ RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL
Definition pathnodes.h:982
#define IS_OTHER_REL(rel)
Definition pathnodes.h:1004
#define PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:68
#define PGS_INDEXSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:67
#define PGS_NESTLOOP_PLAIN
Definition pathnodes.h:74
@ PATHKEYS_BETTER2
Definition paths.h:221
@ PATHKEYS_BETTER1
Definition paths.h:220
@ PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT
Definition paths.h:222
@ PATHKEYS_EQUAL
Definition paths.h:219
#define lfirst(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:172
#define lfirst_node(type, lc)
Definition pg_list.h:176
static int list_length(const List *l)
Definition pg_list.h:152
#define linitial_node(type, l)
Definition pg_list.h:181
#define NIL
Definition pg_list.h:68
#define forboth(cell1, list1, cell2, list2)
Definition pg_list.h:550
#define foreach_current_index(var_or_cell)
Definition pg_list.h:435
#define lfirst_int(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:173
#define list_make1(x1)
Definition pg_list.h:244
#define linitial_int(l)
Definition pg_list.h:179
#define foreach_ptr(type, var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:501
#define forthree(cell1, list1, cell2, list2, cell3, list3)
Definition pg_list.h:595
#define for_each_cell(cell, lst, initcell)
Definition pg_list.h:470
#define for_each_from(cell, lst, N)
Definition pg_list.h:446
static void * list_nth(const List *list, int n)
Definition pg_list.h:331
#define linitial(l)
Definition pg_list.h:178
#define foreach_node(type, var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:528
static ListCell * list_head(const List *l)
Definition pg_list.h:128
#define foreach_oid(var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:503
#define list_nth_node(type, list, n)
Definition pg_list.h:359
static ListCell * lnext(const List *l, const ListCell *c)
Definition pg_list.h:375
#define list_make1_int(x1)
Definition pg_list.h:259
#define lfirst_oid(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:174
static int list_cell_number(const List *l, const ListCell *c)
Definition pg_list.h:365
#define llast_node(type, l)
Definition pg_list.h:202
static int scale
Definition pgbench.c:182
void preprocess_minmax_aggregates(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planagg.c:74
void estimate_rel_size(Relation rel, int32 *attr_widths, BlockNumber *pages, double *tuples, double *allvisfrac)
Definition plancat.c:1305
int32 get_relation_data_width(Oid relid, int32 *attr_widths)
Definition plancat.c:1472
RelOptInfo * query_planner(PlannerInfo *root, query_pathkeys_callback qp_callback, void *qp_extra)
Definition planmain.c:54
#define DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION
Definition planmain.h:21
#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL
Definition planner.c:99
static RelOptInfo * create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *distinct_rel)
Definition planner.c:5377
static List * postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist)
Definition planner.c:6115
static PathTarget * make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *grouping_target, Node *havingQual)
Definition planner.c:5977
Expr * expression_planner_with_deps(Expr *expr, List **relationOids, List **invalItems)
Definition planner.c:7108
#define EXPRKIND_TARGET
Definition planner.c:88
#define EXPRKIND_APPINFO
Definition planner.c:94
static void gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
Definition planner.c:8088
static void preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:2740
#define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE
Definition planner.c:96
PlannerInfo * subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name, PlannerInfo *parent_root, PlannerInfo *alternative_root, bool hasRecursion, double tuple_fraction, SetOperationStmt *setops)
Definition planner.c:775
static void add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, grouping_sets_data *gd, GroupPathExtraData *extra)
Definition planner.c:7416
PlannedStmt * planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.c:333
static void create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
Definition planner.c:4311
char * choose_plan_name(PlannerGlobal *glob, const char *name, bool always_number)
Definition planner.c:9286
#define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR
Definition planner.c:100
planner_hook_type planner_hook
Definition planner.c:74
double cursor_tuple_fraction
Definition planner.c:68
static bool is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:4290
planner_shutdown_hook_type planner_shutdown_hook
Definition planner.c:80
bool plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
Definition planner.c:7161
static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode)
Definition planner.c:1509
int plan_create_index_workers(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
Definition planner.c:7283
#define EXPRKIND_PHV
Definition planner.c:95
#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL
Definition planner.c:90
#define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL
Definition planner.c:92
static void create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, grouping_sets_data *gd, GroupPathExtraData *extra, RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p)
Definition planner.c:4374
RelOptInfo * create_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
Definition planner.c:8734
#define EXPRKIND_LIMIT
Definition planner.c:93
#define EXPRKIND_VALUES
Definition planner.c:91
static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:8171
static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction, int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
Definition planner.c:2918
Path * get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
Definition planner.c:6919
Expr * preprocess_phv_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Expr *expr)
Definition planner.c:1742
static List * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root, List *needed_pathkeys, List *path_pathkeys)
Definition planner.c:5557
planner_setup_hook_type planner_setup_hook
Definition planner.c:77
bool parallel_leader_participation
Definition planner.c:70
static PathTarget * make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target, List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:6495
static Bitmapset * find_having_collation_conflicts(Query *parse, Index group_rtindex)
Definition planner.c:1558
static void apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *scanjoin_targets, List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs, bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe, bool tlist_same_exprs)
Definition planner.c:8213
static RelOptInfo * create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target)
Definition planner.c:5124
static void optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
Definition planner.c:6152
RowMarkType select_rowmark_type(RangeTblEntry *rte, LockClauseStrength strength)
Definition planner.c:2852
static void adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
Definition planner.c:6965
static void create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel, PathTarget *target)
Definition planner.c:5194
#define EXPRKIND_QUAL
Definition planner.c:87
static List * preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force)
Definition planner.c:3169
static Node * preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind)
Definition planner.c:1407
static Path * make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path, Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
Definition planner.c:8029
static bool has_volatile_pathkey(List *keys)
Definition planner.c:3525
static bool having_collation_conflict_walker(Node *node, having_collation_ctx *ctx)
Definition planner.c:1607
static RelOptInfo * create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, RelOptInfo *input_rel, grouping_sets_data *gd, GroupPathExtraData *extra, bool force_rel_creation)
Definition planner.c:7677
static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:6375
static void create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
Definition planner.c:9003
static PathTarget * make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target, bool *have_postponed_srfs)
Definition planner.c:6743
static void create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *window_rel, Path *path, PathTarget *input_target, PathTarget *output_target, WindowFuncLists *wflists, List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:4954
bool enable_distinct_reordering
Definition planner.c:71
void mark_partial_aggref(Aggref *agg, AggSplit aggsplit)
Definition planner.c:6080
static grouping_sets_data * preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:2523
int debug_parallel_query
Definition planner.c:69
static List * remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets, int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
Definition planner.c:2703
static void adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:3570
static PathTarget * make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target)
Definition planner.c:5865
static List * reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause)
Definition planner.c:3477
static int common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
Definition planner.c:6426
static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction, SetOperationStmt *setops)
Definition planner.c:1775
static RelOptInfo * make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe, Node *havingQual)
Definition planner.c:4234
static List * generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op, List *targetlist)
Definition planner.c:8678
PlannedStmt * standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.c:351
static List * select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
Definition planner.c:6292
Expr * expression_planner(Expr *expr)
Definition planner.c:7081
static void create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
Definition planner.c:9128
bool limit_needed(Query *parse)
Definition planner.c:3103
create_upper_paths_hook_type create_upper_paths_hook
Definition planner.c:83
#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC
Definition planner.c:98
static void consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, Path *path, bool is_sorted, bool can_hash, grouping_sets_data *gd, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
Definition planner.c:4505
static List * make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc, List *tlist)
Definition planner.c:6615
static RelOptInfo * create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe, double limit_tuples)
Definition planner.c:5642
#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC
Definition planner.c:89
static double get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root, double path_rows, grouping_sets_data *gd, List *target_list)
Definition planner.c:3999
static List * extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets)
Definition planner.c:3265
static RelOptInfo * create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe, grouping_sets_data *gd)
Definition planner.c:4121
static void create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, grouping_sets_data *gd, PartitionwiseAggregateType patype, GroupPathExtraData *extra)
Definition planner.c:8454
#define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM
Definition planner.c:97
static bool group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel, List *targetList, List *groupClause)
Definition planner.c:8591
static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra)
Definition planner.c:3794
static RelOptInfo * create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *input_target, PathTarget *output_target, bool output_target_parallel_safe, WindowFuncLists *wflists, List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:4867
PlannedStmt *(* planner_hook_type)(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.h:28
void(* planner_setup_hook_type)(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, double *tuple_fraction, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.h:36
void(* create_upper_paths_hook_type)(PlannerInfo *root, UpperRelationKind stage, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *output_rel, void *extra)
Definition planner.h:50
void(* planner_shutdown_hook_type)(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, const char *query_string, PlannedStmt *pstmt)
Definition planner.h:44
@ PLAN_STMT_STANDARD
Definition plannodes.h:39
RowMarkType
Definition plannodes.h:1556
@ ROW_MARK_COPY
Definition plannodes.h:1562
@ ROW_MARK_REFERENCE
Definition plannodes.h:1561
@ ROW_MARK_SHARE
Definition plannodes.h:1559
@ ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE
Definition plannodes.h:1557
@ ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE
Definition plannodes.h:1558
@ ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE
Definition plannodes.h:1560
#define snprintf
Definition port.h:261
#define qsort(a, b, c, d)
Definition port.h:496
#define printf(...)
Definition port.h:267
static Datum Int64GetDatum(int64 X)
Definition postgres.h:426
static int64 DatumGetInt64(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:416
static Pointer DatumGetPointer(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:332
#define PointerGetDatum(X)
Definition postgres.h:354
#define InvalidOid
unsigned int Oid
void get_agg_clause_costs(PlannerInfo *root, AggSplit aggsplit, AggClauseCosts *costs)
Definition prepagg.c:559
void preprocess_aggrefs(PlannerInfo *root, Node *clause)
Definition prepagg.c:110
void preprocess_function_rtes(PlannerInfo *root)
void flatten_simple_union_all(PlannerInfo *root)
void transform_MERGE_to_join(Query *parse)
void remove_useless_result_rtes(PlannerInfo *root)
void pull_up_sublinks(PlannerInfo *root)
void replace_empty_jointree(Query *parse)
void pull_up_subqueries(PlannerInfo *root)
Relids get_relids_in_jointree(Node *jtnode, bool include_outer_joins, bool include_inner_joins)
Query * preprocess_relation_rtes(PlannerInfo *root)
void reduce_outer_joins(PlannerInfo *root)
Expr * canonicalize_qual(Expr *qual, bool is_check)
Definition prepqual.c:293
char * c
e
static int fb(int x)
void preprocess_targetlist(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition preptlist.c:66
RelOptInfo * plan_set_operations(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition prepunion.c:98
char * psprintf(const char *fmt,...)
Definition psprintf.c:43
tree ctl root
Definition radixtree.h:1857
List * RelationGetIndexPredicate(Relation relation)
Definition relcache.c:5211
List * RelationGetIndexExpressions(Relation relation)
Definition relcache.c:5098
RelOptInfo * find_base_rel(PlannerInfo *root, int relid)
Definition relnode.c:544
void setup_simple_rel_arrays(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition relnode.c:114
RelOptInfo * fetch_upper_rel(PlannerInfo *root, UpperRelationKind kind, Relids relids)
Definition relnode.c:1617
RelOptInfo * build_simple_rel(PlannerInfo *root, int relid, RelOptInfo *parent)
Definition relnode.c:212
Node * remove_nulling_relids(Node *node, const Bitmapset *removable_relids, const Bitmapset *except_relids)
@ ForwardScanDirection
Definition sdir.h:28
double estimate_num_groups(PlannerInfo *root, List *groupExprs, double input_rows, List **pgset, EstimationInfo *estinfo)
Definition selfuncs.c:3800
double estimate_hashagg_tablesize(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
Definition selfuncs.c:4526
Plan * set_plan_references(PlannerInfo *root, Plan *plan)
Definition setrefs.c:291
bool extract_query_dependencies_walker(Node *node, PlannerInfo *context)
Definition setrefs.c:3749
void check_stack_depth(void)
Definition stack_depth.c:95
List * aggdistinct
Definition primnodes.h:494
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:488
Expr * aggfilter
Definition primnodes.h:497
List * aggorder
Definition primnodes.h:491
Expr * arg
Definition primnodes.h:1348
Expr * defresult
Definition primnodes.h:1350
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:1349
GetForeignRowMarkType_function GetForeignRowMarkType
Definition fdwapi.h:251
GetForeignUpperPaths_function GetForeignUpperPaths
Definition fdwapi.h:230
Cardinality limit_tuples
Definition pathnodes.h:3707
Node * quals
Definition primnodes.h:2397
List * fromlist
Definition primnodes.h:2396
PartitionwiseAggregateType patype
Definition pathnodes.h:3691
AggClauseCosts agg_final_costs
Definition pathnodes.h:3685
AggClauseCosts agg_partial_costs
Definition pathnodes.h:3684
Definition pg_list.h:54
Definition nodes.h:135
List * exprs
Definition pathnodes.h:1878
List * pathkeys
Definition pathnodes.h:2011
Cardinality rows
Definition pathnodes.h:2005
Bitmapset * prunableRelids
Definition pathnodes.h:206
char maxParallelHazard
Definition pathnodes.h:260
List * subplans
Definition pathnodes.h:178
bool dependsOnRole
Definition pathnodes.h:251
Bitmapset * allRelids
Definition pathnodes.h:199
List * subrtinfos
Definition pathnodes.h:212
List * appendRelations
Definition pathnodes.h:221
List * finalrowmarks
Definition pathnodes.h:215
List * invalItems
Definition pathnodes.h:230
List * relationOids
Definition pathnodes.h:227
List * paramExecTypes
Definition pathnodes.h:233
bool parallelModeOK
Definition pathnodes.h:254
bool transientPlan
Definition pathnodes.h:248
Bitmapset * rewindPlanIDs
Definition pathnodes.h:190
List * finalrteperminfos
Definition pathnodes.h:209
List * subpaths
Definition pathnodes.h:181
Index lastRowMarkId
Definition pathnodes.h:242
List * resultRelations
Definition pathnodes.h:218
List * partPruneInfos
Definition pathnodes.h:224
List * finalrtable
Definition pathnodes.h:193
uint64 default_pgs_mask
Definition pathnodes.h:263
List * elidedNodes
Definition pathnodes.h:236
bool parallelModeNeeded
Definition pathnodes.h:257
Cost per_tuple
Definition pathnodes.h:121
List * rtable
Definition parsenodes.h:178
CmdType commandType
Definition parsenodes.h:121
List * ppilist
Definition pathnodes.h:1051
bool useridiscurrent
Definition pathnodes.h:1115
Relids relids
Definition pathnodes.h:1021
struct PathTarget * reltarget
Definition pathnodes.h:1045
uint64 pgs_mask
Definition pathnodes.h:1039
List * unique_pathkeys
Definition pathnodes.h:1134
Cardinality tuples
Definition pathnodes.h:1096
bool consider_parallel
Definition pathnodes.h:1037
BlockNumber pages
Definition pathnodes.h:1095
List * cheapest_parameterized_paths
Definition pathnodes.h:1055
List * pathlist
Definition pathnodes.h:1050
RelOptKind reloptkind
Definition pathnodes.h:1015
List * indexlist
Definition pathnodes.h:1091
struct Path * cheapest_startup_path
Definition pathnodes.h:1053
struct Path * cheapest_total_path
Definition pathnodes.h:1054
List * unique_groupclause
Definition pathnodes.h:1136
Bitmapset * live_parts
Definition pathnodes.h:1204
int rel_parallel_workers
Definition pathnodes.h:1103
List * partial_pathlist
Definition pathnodes.h:1052
struct RelOptInfo * unique_rel
Definition pathnodes.h:1132
Cardinality rows
Definition pathnodes.h:1027
Form_pg_class rd_rel
Definition rel.h:111
LockClauseStrength strength
LockWaitPolicy waitPolicy
List * semi_rhs_exprs
Definition pathnodes.h:3241
JoinType jointype
Definition pathnodes.h:3230
Relids syn_righthand
Definition pathnodes.h:3229
List * semi_operators
Definition pathnodes.h:3240
int varno
Definition primnodes.h:270
Index varlevelsup
Definition primnodes.h:295
WindowClause * wc
Definition planner.c:123
Node * startOffset
List * partitionClause
Node * endOffset
List * orderClause
Index winref
Definition primnodes.h:612
int * tleref_to_colnum_map
Definition planner.c:114
Bitmapset * unhashable_refs
Definition planner.c:112
List * unsortable_sets
Definition planner.c:113
List * hash_sets_idx
Definition planner.c:108
double dNumHashGroups
Definition planner.c:109
Bitmapset * unsortable_refs
Definition planner.c:111
List * ancestor_collids
Definition planner.c:148
Definition type.h:97
List * activeWindows
Definition planner.c:131
grouping_sets_data * gset_data
Definition planner.c:132
SetOperationStmt * setop
Definition planner.c:133
Node * SS_process_sublinks(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, bool isQual)
Definition subselect.c:2207
void SS_process_ctes(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition subselect.c:884
void SS_identify_outer_params(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition subselect.c:2365
Node * SS_replace_correlation_vars(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr)
Definition subselect.c:2152
void SS_finalize_plan(PlannerInfo *root, Plan *plan)
Definition subselect.c:2549
void SS_compute_initplan_cost(List *init_plans, Cost *initplan_cost_p, bool *unsafe_initplans_p)
Definition subselect.c:2493
void SS_charge_for_initplans(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *final_rel)
Definition subselect.c:2429
void table_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition table.c:126
Relation table_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition table.c:40
void split_pathtarget_at_srfs_grouping(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *target, PathTarget *input_target, List **targets, List **targets_contain_srfs)
Definition tlist.c:868
TargetEntry * tlist_member(Expr *node, List *targetlist)
Definition tlist.c:88
bool tlist_same_exprs(List *tlist1, List *tlist2)
Definition tlist.c:227
SortGroupClause * get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(Index sortref, List *clauses)
Definition tlist.c:452
SortGroupClause * get_sortgroupref_clause(Index sortref, List *clauses)
Definition tlist.c:431
bool grouping_is_sortable(List *groupClause)
Definition tlist.c:549
List * make_tlist_from_pathtarget(PathTarget *target)
Definition tlist.c:633
PathTarget * copy_pathtarget(PathTarget *src)
Definition tlist.c:666
void add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(PathTarget *target, List *exprs)
Definition tlist.c:761
PathTarget * create_empty_pathtarget(void)
Definition tlist.c:690
List * get_sortgrouplist_exprs(List *sgClauses, List *targetList)
Definition tlist.c:401
void split_pathtarget_at_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *target, PathTarget *input_target, List **targets, List **targets_contain_srfs)
Definition tlist.c:845
bool grouping_is_hashable(List *groupClause)
Definition tlist.c:569
void add_column_to_pathtarget(PathTarget *target, Expr *expr, Index sortgroupref)
Definition tlist.c:704
#define create_pathtarget(root, tlist)
Definition tlist.h:58
Node * flatten_group_exprs(PlannerInfo *root, Query *query, Node *node)
Definition var.c:999
Relids pull_varnos(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition var.c:114
List * pull_var_clause(Node *node, int flags)
Definition var.c:653
Node * flatten_join_alias_vars(PlannerInfo *root, Query *query, Node *node)
Definition var.c:781
const char * name